aadesh brine pvt. ltd. -...

AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD.

CRZ Clearance for Bitumen Storage & Handling Project at Kandla, Taluka Gandhidham, District Kachchh, State Gujarat

MARCH 2018

Kadam Environmental Consultants www. k ad am en v i r o . c om

E n v i r o n m e n t f o r D e v e l o p m e n t

AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD. BITUMEN STORAGE & HANDLING PROJECT AT

KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | MARCH 2018 2

AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD.

CRZ Clearance for Bitumen Storage & Handling Project at Kandla, Taluka Gandhidham, District Kachchh, State Gujarat © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), March, 2018

This report is released for the use of Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd., Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely as part of

the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided, unless attributed to referenced third

parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of Publication CRZ Clearance for Bitumen Storage & Handling Project at Kandla, Taluka Gandhidham, District

Kachchh, State Gujarat

Project Number 1731618112 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 0 Released March, 2018

Image descriptions:

1. Site 2. Meteorological Data Collection Station

3. Marine Water Sampling 4. Air Quality Monitoring near Site


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF ANNEXURES


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 21

1.1 Purpose of the Report...............................................................................................................21

1.2 Identification of project proponent ..............................................................................................21

1.3 Brief Description of the Project ...................................................................................................22

1.3.1 Nature of Project & its Significance ........................................................................................22

1.3.2 Location ...........................................................................................................................22

1.4 Scope of study ........................................................................................................................22

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................. 23

2.1 Type of Project ........................................................................................................................23

2.2 Need for the project .................................................................................................................23

2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout) ........23

2.3.1 General Location of the Site .................................................................................................23

2.3.2 Specific Location of the Project Site and Pipeline ......................................................................25

2.3.3 Approach and Connectivity to the site ....................................................................................27

2.4 Size or magnitude of operation (including associated activities required by or for the project) ................27

2.4.1 Land Distribution at Site ......................................................................................................27

2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation .....................................................................30

2.6 Technology and Process Description ............................................................................................30

2.6.1 Process Description.............................................................................................................30

2.7 Project Description ...................................................................................................................34

2.7.1 Storage Details ..................................................................................................................34

2.7.2 Pipeline Details ..................................................................................................................34

2.7.3 Power Requirement ............................................................................................................35

2.7.4 Rainwater Harvesting Details ................................................................................................35

2.7.5 Details of Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation ........................................................35

2.7.6 Wastewater Treatment Plant Details ......................................................................................36

2.7.7 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous Waste .....38

2.8 Transportation Details ..............................................................................................................39

2.9 Employment Generation ............................................................................................................39

2.10 Cost of the Project ..............................................................................................................39

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................... 40

3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................40

3.2 Study Area .............................................................................................................................40




3.3 Monitoring Period ....................................................................................................................40

3.4 Methodology ...........................................................................................................................40

3.4.1 Primary Data Collection .......................................................................................................40

3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection....................................................................................................43

3.5 Land use / Land cover ..............................................................................................................43

3.5.1 Classification of Land Use and Land Cover ..............................................................................43

3.5.2 General Study methodology .................................................................................................44

3.5.3 Secondary Data Collection and Review ...................................................................................44

3.5.4 Primary Data Collection and Review .......................................................................................45

3.5.5 Key Findings ......................................................................................................................46

3.6 Meteorology and Air Quality Modelling .........................................................................................50

3.6.1 General Study Methodology..................................................................................................50

3.6.2 Meteorology ......................................................................................................................50

3.7 Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................................................................57

3.7.1 Traffic Survey ....................................................................................................................63

3.8 Surface Water Quality ...............................................................................................................68

3.9 Noise Environment ...................................................................................................................68

3.9.1 General Study Methodology..................................................................................................68

3.9.2 Primary Data Collection .......................................................................................................68

3.9.3 Key Findings ......................................................................................................................69

3.10 Geology & Hydrogeology .....................................................................................................70

3.10.1 General Study Methodology ..............................................................................................70

3.10.2 Primary Data Collection ....................................................................................................70

3.10.3 Secondary Data Collection ................................................................................................70

3.10.4 Key Findings ..................................................................................................................72

3.11 Soil Conservation................................................................................................................72

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity ......................................................................................................75

3.12.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................75

3.12.2 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment ................................................................................75

3.12.3 Biological Diversity ..........................................................................................................76

3.12.4 Period of the Study and Study Area ....................................................................................76

3.12.5 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment ................................................................................77

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMICS ............................................................................................................81

3.13.1 Methodology ..................................................................................................................81

3.13.2 Social Profile ..................................................................................................................81




3.13.3 Economic Profile .............................................................................................................84

3.13.4 Cultural Profile ...............................................................................................................86

3.14 Marine Environment ............................................................................................................87

3.14.1 Water ...........................................................................................................................87

3.14.2 Sediment.......................................................................................................................92

3.14.3 Biodiversity of Marine Environment ....................................................................................96

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ..................................... 105

4.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 105

4.2 Impact Assessment Methodology .............................................................................................. 105

4.2.1 Key Definitions ................................................................................................................. 105

4.2.2 Identification of Impacts .................................................................................................... 105

4.2.3 Component Wise Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation ........................................... 106

4.3 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ........................................................ 112

4.4 Terrestrial Environment........................................................................................................... 117

4.4.1 Land Use and Land Cover .................................................................................................. 117

4.4.2 Air Pollution and Air Quality ................................................................................................ 117

4.4.3 Noise and Vibration .......................................................................................................... 141

4.4.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste ................................................................................................ 148

4.4.5 Geology and Hydrogeology ................................................................................................ 149

4.4.6 Soil Conservation.............................................................................................................. 149

4.4.7 Occupational Health & Safety ............................................................................................. 150

4.4.8 Socio-Economics .............................................................................................................. 151

4.5 Marine Environment ............................................................................................................... 151

4.5.1 Water............................................................................................................................. 151

4.5.2 Flora Fauna ..................................................................................................................... 152

4.5.3 Noise and vibration ........................................................................................................... 153

5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................................. 154

5.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 154

5.2 Objective of Monitoring ........................................................................................................... 154

5.3 Environmental Monitoring Program ........................................................................................... 154

5.3.1 Occupational Health Management Plan ................................................................................. 158

6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................................. 159

6.1 Numerical Modelling of Flow .................................................................................................... 159

6.1.1 Description of the Flow Model ............................................................................................. 159

6.1.2 Numerical model setup and Calibration ................................................................................. 160




6.1.3 Hydrodynamics ................................................................................................................ 167

6.1.4 Bitumen Spill ................................................................................................................... 174

6.2 Health, Safety and Environment of Bitumen ................................................................................ 186

6.2.1 General Issues ................................................................................................................. 186

6.2.2 Hazards Associated with Hot Bitumen .................................................................................. 186

6.2.3 Health Awareness ............................................................................................................. 186

6.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................................ 190

6.3.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 190

6.3.2 Emergency Preparedness Plan ............................................................................................ 190

7 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................................. 193

7.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure ............................................................................... 193

7.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure ................................................................................... 193

7.3 Employment potential – skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled ............................................................. 193

8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ......................................................................... 194

8.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 194

8.2 Purpose of EMP ..................................................................................................................... 194

8.3 Environmental Management Plans............................................................................................. 195

8.3.1 Air Quality ....................................................................................................................... 195

8.3.2 Land and Soil................................................................................................................... 197

8.3.3 Biological Environment ...................................................................................................... 197

Budget ....................................................................................................................................... 199

8.3.4 Water Environment ........................................................................................................... 200

8.3.5 Solid & Hazardous Waste ................................................................................................... 200

8.3.6 Socio-Economic ................................................................................................................ 202

9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................ 203

9.1 Project Description ................................................................................................................. 203

9.1.1 About Project Proponent .................................................................................................... 203

9.1.2 Proposed Project .............................................................................................................. 203

9.1.3 Location of the Project ...................................................................................................... 203

9.1.4 Project Cost .................................................................................................................... 203

9.1.5 Utilities ........................................................................................................................... 203

9.1.6 Process Description........................................................................................................... 203

9.1.7 Storage Details ................................................................................................................ 206

9.1.8 Pipeline Details ................................................................................................................ 206

9.1.9 Power Requirement & Stack Details ..................................................................................... 207




9.1.10 Rainwater Harvesting Details .......................................................................................... 207

9.1.11 Water Consumption....................................................................................................... 207

9.1.12 Wastewater Generation.................................................................................................. 208

9.1.13 Wastewater Treatment Plant Details ................................................................................. 208

9.1.14 Hazardous and Other Solid Waste .................................................................................... 208

9.2 Description of Environment ...................................................................................................... 209

9.2.1 Study Area & Period.......................................................................................................... 209

9.2.2 Terrestrial Environment ..................................................................................................... 209

9.2.3 Marine Environment .......................................................................................................... 213

9.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Suggested Mitigation Measures .............................................. 214

9.3.1 Terrestrial Environment ..................................................................................................... 214

9.4 Environment Monitoring Program .............................................................................................. 217

9.5 Additional Studies .................................................................................................................. 221

9.5.1 Numerical Flow Model & Bitumen Spill .................................................................................. 221

9.5.2 Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................................. 221

9.6 Project Benefits ..................................................................................................................... 221

9.7 Conclusion ............................................................................................................................ 221

10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS .............................................................................................. 223

10.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy (Kadam) .................................................................. 223

10.2 EIA Team Members .......................................................................................................... 224




LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: CRZ Map of Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. Project (1:4000 Scale) ....................................................... 227

Annexure 2: Possession Note from Kandla Port Trust ................................................................................ 228

Annexure 3: Assurance letter for Water.................................................................................................. 229

Annexure 4: Provisional Certificate of SEPPL ........................................................................................... 230

Annexure 5: Material Safety Data Sheet for Bitumen ................................................................................ 232

Annexure 6: Land Use Land Cover Classification ...................................................................................... 236

Annexure 7: Long-term Climatological Tables (1981-2010) published by IMD: Station New Kandla ................... 240

Annexure 8: Windrose Diagram – Post-monsoon Period, New Kandla, IMD ................................................... 242

Annexure 9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards Published by CPCB....................................................... 243

Annexure 10: Calibration Certificate for Field Equipment ........................................................................... 244

Annexure 11: Calibration Certificate for Laboratory Equipment ................................................................... 248

Annexure 12: AAQM Analysis Results ..................................................................................................... 251

Annexure 13: Traffic Survey Results ...................................................................................................... 264

Annexure 14: Fish Production Data of Kandla (2014-2016) ........................................................................ 268

Annexure 15: NABET Certificate ............................................................................................................ 270


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF TABLES


LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Permitted Activities falling under CRZ area .................................................................................21

Table 2-1: Storage Details and Throughput...............................................................................................23

Table 2-2: Coordinates of the Project Boundary .........................................................................................25

Table 2-3: Coordinates of the Pipeline route .............................................................................................25

Table 2-4: Area Statement .....................................................................................................................27

Table 2-5: Air Stack Details ....................................................................................................................35

Table 2-6: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff ..............................................................................35

Table 2-7: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation Details ..............................................................36

Table 2-8: List of ETP cum STP units with capacity.....................................................................................37

Table 2-9: Hazardous Waste Generation Details ........................................................................................38

Table 3-1: Synopsis of Land use/ Land cover Classification in General............................................................43

Table 3-2: GPS Readings within Study Area ..............................................................................................46

Table 3-3: Synopsis of Land use/ Land cover Classification in the Study Area ..................................................46

Table 3-4: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ...........................................47

Table 3-5: Site and its Sensitivity ............................................................................................................48

Table 3-6: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ..........................................................................51

Table 3-7: Wind regime as per IMD Long-Term Data - New Kandla station .....................................................52

Table 3-8: Meteorological Data Station Details...........................................................................................53

Table 3-9: Summary micrometeorological data for study Period Oct’17 to Jan’18 (Mainly covers Post-monsoon

season) ..............................................................................................................................................54

Table 3-10: Site specific Meteorological Data during Monitoring Period ..........................................................54

Table 3-11: Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ........................................................................58

Table 3-12: Ambient air quality monitoring locations ..................................................................................59

Table 3-13: Summary Air Quality Data for Monitoring Period ........................................................................61

Table 3-14: Truck Movement Details for proposed project ...........................................................................63

Table 3-15: Road Details .......................................................................................................................64

Table 3-16: Traffic survey (up & down) ....................................................................................................64

Table 3-17: Traffic survey (up & down) – PCU Calculation ...........................................................................64

Table 3-18: Traffic survey (up & down) – PCU Calculation ...........................................................................65

Table 3-19: Incremental Traffic due to Proposed Project .............................................................................65

Table 3-20: Estimation of Dust due to Vehicular Movement-Paved Road ........................................................67

Table 3-21: Estimation of Dust due to Vehicular Movement-Engine exhaust ....................................................67

Table 3-22: Methodology of Sample Analysis and Testing ............................................................................68




Table 3-23: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ...................................68

Table 3-24: Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations .............................................................................68

Table 3-25: Average Ambient Noise Monitoring Results ...............................................................................69

Table 3-26: General lithology found in the Kachchh District .........................................................................71

Table 3-27: Analysis Methodology ...........................................................................................................73

Table 3-28: Soil Sampling Locations ........................................................................................................73

Table 3-29: Soil Analysis Results .............................................................................................................74

Table 3-30: Sensitivity/Habitats of the Study Area ......................................................................................76

Table 3-31: Details of Water Bodies in the Buffer Zone ...............................................................................77

Table 3-32: List of Floral species in Study Area ..........................................................................................78

Table 3-33: List of Birds in Study Area .....................................................................................................79

Table 3-34: List of Reptiles in Study Area .................................................................................................80

Table 3-35: List of Mammals in study area................................................................................................80

Table 3-36: List of Villages, Population and Households in the Study Area ......................................................81

Table 3-37: Male – Female Population and Households in the Study Area .......................................................82

Table 3-38: SC/ ST Population in the Study Area .......................................................................................82

Table 3-39: Literacy rates in the Study Area .............................................................................................83

Table 3-40: Occupational Pattern of the Study area ....................................................................................85

Table 3-41: Analysis Methods Adopted for Water Samples ...........................................................................87

Table 3-42: Details of Marine Water Sampling Locations .............................................................................88

Table 3-43: Marine Water Results – During High Tide .................................................................................89

Table 3-44: Marine Water Results – During Low Tide ..................................................................................90

Table 3-45: Analysis Methods for Sediment Parameters ..............................................................................92

Table 3-46: Sediment Quality Results ......................................................................................................93

Table 3-47: Values for Chlorophyll and Phaeophytin ...................................................................................97

Table 3-48: Cell count (No x 103/Lit) of phytoplankton ................................................................................98

Table 3-49: Phytoplankton species abundance during December, 2017 ..........................................................99

Table 3-50: Zooplankton species abundance during December, 2017 .......................................................... 101

Table 3-51: Standing Stock of Zooplankton ............................................................................................. 102

Table 3-52: Standing Stock of sub tidal Macro benthos ............................................................................. 102

Table 3-53: Standing Stock of inter tidal Macro benthos ............................................................................ 103

Table 3-54: Mangrove vegetation characteristics in study area ................................................................... 104

Table 3-55: Regeneration and Recruitment Density and their ratio with mature trees in study area ................... 104

Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to proposed project – Severity Assessment .............................. 107

Table 4-2: Likelihood of Occurrence ...................................................................................................... 111




Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria............................................................................... 111

Table 4-4: Categorization of Impact Significance...................................................................................... 112

Table 4-5: Environmental Impact .......................................................................................................... 113

Table 4-6: Impact Scoring - Land Use Land Cover .................................................................................... 117

Table 4-7: Stack Details ...................................................................................................................... 119

Table 4-8: Stack Emission Estimation Details ........................................................................................... 119

Table 4-9: Incremental GLC of PM10 for monitoring period ......................................................................... 121

Table 4-10: Incremental GLC of SO2 Monitoring Period ............................................................................. 124

Table 4-11: Incremental GLC of NOx for Monitoring Period ......................................................................... 127

Table 4-12: Incremental GLC for PM, Paved Road .................................................................................... 130

Table 4-13: Incremental GLC or PM from Engine Exhaust .......................................................................... 133

Table 4-14 Incremental GCL for NOx from Engine Exhaust ......................................................................... 136

Table 4-15: Average Incremental Increase in GLC (Point Source) ................................................................ 139

Table 4-16: Average Incremental Increase in GLC (Line Source) ................................................................. 140

Table 4-17: Impact Scoring – Air Environment ........................................................................................ 140

Table 4-18: Environmental Impact Scoring – Noise Environment ................................................................. 142

Table 4-19: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels .................................................................... 144

Table 4-20: Noise level at receptor locations ........................................................................................... 147

Table 4-21: Impact Scoring – Solid & Hazardous Waste ............................................................................ 148

Table 4-22: Impact Scoring for Soil ....................................................................................................... 149

Table 4-23: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety ........................................ 150

Table 4-24: Impact Scoring for Surface Water ......................................................................................... 152

Table 4-25: Impact Scoring – Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................................................ 152

Table 4-26: Suggested Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................ 153

Table 5-1: Environmental Monitoring Program ......................................................................................... 155

Table 8-1: Environment Management Plan – Air Environment .................................................................... 195

Table 8-2: Environment Management Plan for Land use and Land cover ...................................................... 197

Table 8-3: Environment Management Plan for Biological Environment ......................................................... 197

Table 8-4: Recommended species for Greenbelt Development .................................................................... 198

Table 8-5: Recommended species for road side plantation ......................................................................... 199

Table 8-6: Costing for green belt development ........................................................................................ 199

Table 8-7: Environment Management Plan for Water ................................................................................ 200

Table 8-8: Environment Management Plan for Solid & Hazardous Waste ...................................................... 201

Table 8-9: Environment Management Plan for Socio-Economic ................................................................... 202

Table 9-1: List of Utilities..................................................................................................................... 203




Table 9-2: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff ............................................................................ 207

Table 9-2: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation Details ............................................................ 207

Table 9-3: List of ETP cum STP units with capacity................................................................................... 208

Table 9-4: Hazardous Waste Generation Details ...................................................................................... 208

Table 9-5: Summary micrometeorological data for study Period Oct’17 to Jan’18 (Mainly covers Post-monsoon

season) ............................................................................................................................................ 209

Table 9-6: Ambient Air Quality Results ................................................................................................... 210

Table 9-7: Average Ambient Noise Monitoring Results .............................................................................. 211

Table 9-8: Soil Analysis Results ............................................................................................................ 212

Table 9-9: Classification of Coastal/Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses ................................................. 213

Table 9-10: Environmental Monitoring Program ....................................................................................... 218

Table 10-1: EIA Team Member ............................................................................................................. 224


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF FIGURES


LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: General Location Map of the Project Site ..................................................................................24

Figure 2-2: Satellite Image for Coordinates of Site Boundary and Pipeline Route .............................................25

Figure 2-3: Specific Site Location on Satellite Image ...................................................................................26

Figure 2-4: Key Plan of the Site ..............................................................................................................28

Figure 2-5: Process Flow Diagram ...........................................................................................................33

Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram .........................................................................................................36

Figure 2-7: Process Block Diagram for ETP cum STP (5 KLD) .......................................................................38

Figure 3-1: Sampling Location Map – Terrestrial Environment ......................................................................42

Figure 3-2: Pie Chart of Level 1 Classification in the study area ....................................................................48

Figure 3-3: Wind rose diagram for monitoring period ..................................................................................56

Figure 3-4: Seismic Map of Gujarat .........................................................................................................72

Figure 3-5: Sampling Location Map – Marine Environment ...........................................................................95

Figure 4-1: ISOPLETH of PM10 for Monitoring Period ................................................................................. 123

Figure 4-2: ISOPLETH of SO2 for Monitoring Period .................................................................................. 126

Figure 4-3: ISOPLETH of NOx for Monitoring Period .................................................................................. 129

Figure 4-4: Isopleth for PM .................................................................................................................. 132

Figure 4-5 Isopleth for PM from Engine Exhaust ...................................................................................... 135

Figure 4-6 Isopleth NOx from Engine Exhaust .......................................................................................... 138

Figure 4-7: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during daytime ......................................................... 145

Figure 4-8: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during night-time ...................................................... 146

Figure 6-1: Nested grids used in the study.............................................................................................. 161

Figure 6-2: Bathymetry of the large scale model ...................................................................................... 162

Figure 6-3: Comparison of observed and measured tides at Okha ............................................................... 163

Figure 6-4: Comparison of observed and measured tides at Sikka ............................................................... 164

Figure 6-5: Currents during flood tide in Gulf of Kachchh .......................................................................... 165

Figure 6-6: Currents during ebb tide in Gulf of Kachchh ............................................................................ 166

Figure 6-7: Bathymetry used for small scale model .................................................................................. 168

Figure 6-8: Comparison between published and model predicted tidal levels in Kandla creek ........................... 169

Figure 6-9: Variation of current magnitude near the area of interest in Kandla creek ...................................... 170

Figure 6-10: Currents during flood tide in Kandla creek ............................................................................. 171

Figure 6-11: Currents during ebb tide in Kandla creek .............................................................................. 172

Figure 6-12: Currents during high tide in Kandla creek .............................................................................. 173

Figure 6-13: Bitumen oil concentrations just after the spill event (15 mins) .................................................. 175


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF FIGURES


Figure 6-14: Bitumen oil concentrations one hour after the spill event ......................................................... 176

Figure 6-15: Bitumen oil concentrations 5 hours after the spill event ........................................................... 177

Figure 6-16: Bitumen oil concentrations 10 hours after the spill event ......................................................... 178

Figure 6-17: Bitumen oil concentrations 24 hours after the spill event ......................................................... 179

Figure 6-18: Variation of temperature at the end of the spill event .............................................................. 181

Figure 6-19: Temperature change 15 minutes after the end of spill event..................................................... 182

Figure 6-20: Variation of temperature one hour after the event .................................................................. 183

Figure 6-21: Variation in temperature two hours after the spill ................................................................... 184

Figure 6-22: Variation in temperature seven hours after the spill ................................................................ 185


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF MAPS


LIST OF MAP

Map 2-1: Layout Map of Site ..................................................................................................................29

Map 3-1: Land Use and Land Cover Map ..................................................................................................49


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS


LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 1: Site Photographs .............................................................................................................22

Photograph 2: Land Use ........................................................................................................................45

Photograph 3: Meteorological Station Set up Photographs ...........................................................................53

Photograph 4: Ambient Air Sampling Photographs .....................................................................................60

Photograph 5: Ambient Noise Monitoring..................................................................................................69

Photograph 6: Soil Sampling Photographs ................................................................................................74

Photograph 7: Industries in the study area ...............................................................................................84

Photograph 8: Animal Husbandry in the study area ....................................................................................85

Photograph 9 : Place of Religious Importance in the study area ....................................................................86


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS


ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

ABPL Aadesh Brine Private Limited

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

BSI Botanical Survey of India

CBD Convention on Biological Diversity

CO Carbon Monoxide

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone

CZMA Coastal Zone Management Authority

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

ERC Emergency Release Coupling

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

FAE Functional Area Expert

FSWAI Friends Salt Works & Allied Industries

GOI Government of India

GPS Global positioning system

HLA High Level Alarm

IUCN International Union for Conservation

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

KEC Kadam Environmental Consultants

KLD Kilo Liters per Day

LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas

LU Land use

LULC Land use and Land cover

NOx Oxides of Nitrogen

NOC No Objection Certificate

PM Particulate Matter

PPEs Personnel Protective Equipment

SOx Oxides of Sulphur

SPL Sound Pressure Level

SS Suspended Solid

STP Sewage Treatment Plant

TDS Total Dissolved Solid

TFH Thermic Fluid Heater

WHC Water Holding Capacity

ZSI Zoological Survey of India


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED


GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or

minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”

AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.

AN INCIDENT: An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or otherwise that

may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.

ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.

ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient in the

atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The categories of stability

class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G)

Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The temperature

gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shining. The unstable conditions are

designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when

the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an

additional category G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease

in temperature with height of about 1°C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has

been considered.

BUND/DYKE: Raised ground or a wall built near creek water, to retain water comes inside the dry dock.

COASTAL ZONE: A spatial zone where interaction of the sea and land processes occurs.

CRZ I:

A. The areas that are ecologically sensitive and the geo-morphical features which play a role in the maintaining in

the integrity of the coast.

B. The area between Low Tide Line and High Tide Line.

CRZ II: The areas that have been developed up to or close to the shoreline.

CRZ III: Areas that are relatively undisturbed and those do not belong to either CRZ-I or II which include coastal

zone in the rural areas (developed and undeveloped) and also areas within municipal limits or in other legally

designated urban areas; which are not substantially built up.

CRZ IV:

A. The water area from the Low Tide Line to twelve nautical miles on the seaward side;

B. shall include the water area of the tidal influenced water body from the mouth of the water body at the sea up

to the influence of tide which is measured as five parts per thousand during the driest season of the year.

COASTLINE: Where the land meets the sea or ocean.

CREEK: A stream or channel in a coastal marsh.

CHRONIC: Of long duration or having frequent recurrence. Chronic health effects are those that become apparent

or continue for some time after exposure to hazardous chemicals.

CONTAMINANT: A harmful, irritating or moisture material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere.

DENSITY: The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3

DISASTER: A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not only

extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long time and

requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED


ESTUARY: The part of the wide lower course of a river where it’s current is met by the tides.

EMERGENCY: Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is

danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to the work and

outside environment, affecting the workers or neighbourhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action.

HAZARD: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the system of

materials and machines.

HAZARD LINE: The land area falling between the hazard line and 500 mts from HTL on the landward sides, in

case of seafront and between the hazard line and 100 mts line in case of tidal influenced water body the word

‘hazard line’ denotes the line demarcated by Ministry of Environment and Forests (hereinafter referred to as the

MoEF) through the Survey of India (hereinafter referred to as the SoI) taking into account tides, waves, sea level

rise and shoreline changes.

HIGH TIDE LINE: The High Tide Line means the line on the land up to which the highest water line reaches

during the spring tide The High Tide Line shall be demarcated uniformly in all parts of the country by the

demarcating authority or authorities so authorised by the Central Government.

INTERTIDAL ZONE: Land area between HTL and Low Tide Line (hereinafter referred to as the LTL) which will be

termed as the intertidal zone.

ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units as per

Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J) (12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004).

RISK: Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in

a given man-material-machine system.

SENSITIVE POPULATIONS: Groups of people that may be more susceptible than the general population to the

toxic effects of the release due to pre-existing health condition (patients in hospitals, pregnant women etc.) or age

(elderly people infants, handicaps).

SPILL: Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.

VULNERABILITY: It can be defined as “the zone of influence of an emergency in and around the facility

concerned.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM LIST OF PERSONS MET INSTITUTIONS VISITED


LIST OF PERSONS MET AND INSTITUTIONS VISITED

Sr. No Name of Person Designation Institution

1 Dr E. Velappan Associate Professor Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,

Chennai

2 Mr Satish - Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,

Chennai

3 Ms Sandhya - Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM INTRODUCTION


1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the Report

The purpose of this EIA report is:

To identify environmental aspects and impacts arising from the Bitumen storage and handling project (by the

project proponent mentioned in the next Section). Project site at Kandla falls in Coastal Regulatory Zone (CRZ)

areas1

Propose mitigation measures and an Environment Management Plan for the project, and

Thereafter seek Coastal Regulatory Zone (CRZ) clearance for the same, following the due process of law laid

down in the CRZ Notification 2011 as amended till date.

The High Tide Line marking of the study area has to be demarcated by the institutions authorized by the Central

Government in accordance with the guide lines issued in this regard. For High tide line marking in the study area,

Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai (a MoEF authorized agency) had been engaged to

demarcate the High Tide Line (HTL) and Low Tide Line (LTL) in and around the proposed development of Bitumen

Storage and handling unit, along the Gulf of Kachchh so far as the CRZ Notification, 2011 and as per the

subsequent corrigendum is concerned. CRZ maps (1:4000 scale) showing the High tide Line demarcated by the

authorized agency has been attached as Annexure 1. Permitting activities falling under CRZ area is given in Table

1-1.

Table 1-1: Permitted Activities falling under CRZ area

S. No. Activity CRZ category Clause permitting activity (CRZ notification 2011)

1. Pipeline CRZ I A 3 (i) (a); 8 I (i) (b)

2. Bitumen Tanks CRZ III 8 III B (iv)

This report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA of EIA Notification, 2006

as amended till date.

1.2 Identification of project proponent

Aadesh Brine Private Limited is a Private company incorporated on 31st December 2012. It is classified as Non-

government Company and is registered at Registrar of Companies, Ahmedabad.

Aadesh Brine Pvt Ltd is setting up a Bitumen Storage Terminal in Kandla. Bitumen is a binder material for Asphalt mix. India Govt. and State Govt. of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan has many proposals to improve & construct Road Network. Most of ongoing and upcoming road projects are of bituminous road which cause huge demand of Bitumen and demand is higher than its supply. Based on local demand, strategic location and land availability Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. taking opportunity to construct Bitumen Storage & Handling Terminal at Kandla Port. In the year 2016, Kandla Port Trust allotted a piece of plot to Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd by E-Tender Notice for the purpose of “Storage & Handling of Bitumen”.

1 As per the CRZ Notification 2011, as amended till date, storage of non-hazardous cargo within Notified ports are

requiring CRZ Clearance from the competent authority (in this case the MoEF&CC, Delhi).


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM INTRODUCTION


1.3 Brief Description of the Project

1.3.1 Nature of Project & its Significance

It is a Greenfield project, Site has existing storage tank which was previously used for Ballast water and now is

unused, and same will be dismantled. The plot area is 2795 sqm. The plot has been given on Lease by Kandla Port

Trust. Land possession Note for the same from Kandla Port is given in Annexure 2.

Existing Tank owner is Kandla Port Trust. Tank was built by KPT during 1989-90 for the purpose of receiving dirty

ballast from oil tankers. Initial 5 years Tank was not allotted to any company. Year 1995 KPT allotted Tank to M/s

Jaishu Shipping. Capacity of Tank is 4000 MT and was allotted for providing Shore facilities for receiving Dirty

Ballast from Oil Tankers at Old Kandla. Then Jaishu Shipping loading from Storage tank to Lorrie and sending out

side KPT area for disposing at KPT designated place. This operation continue till 2004 and later stopped. Before

Aadesh Brine, KPT not allotted plot to any other company or not even used for other purpose.

1.3.2 Location

The site is located near Oil jetty 1 of Kandla Port Trust at approximate Latitude 23° 01' 39.77" N and Longitude 70°

13' 10.08" E in Gandhidham Taluka, Kachchh District, Gujarat.

Photograph 1: Site Photographs

Proposed Site Meteorological Data Collection

1.4 Scope of study

The scope of work for this EIA included collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental

components, viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic components for 12 weeks.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.

Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project

operations, technology and other related activities.

2.1 Type of Project

The proposed project is of Bitumen Storage & Handling unit at Kandla Port near Oil Jetty 1. Bitumen is a non-

hazardous product and MSDS for Bitumen is attached as Annexure 5. Storage capacity and throughput is as

mentioned in Table 2-1.

Table 2-1: Storage Details and Throughput

S. No. Product No. of Tanks Total Storage capacity (KL) Throughput per Annum

1. Bitumen 5 Nos. 15,379 200,000 MT

2.2 Need for the project

Bitumen is a binder material for Asphalt mix. India Govt. and State Govt. of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan

has many proposals to improve & construct Road Network. Most of ongoing and upcoming road projects are of

bituminous road which cause huge demand of Bitumen and demand is higher than its supply. Based on local

demand, strategic location and land availability Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. taking opportunity to construct Bitumen

Storage & Handling Terminal at Kandla Port.

2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site

layout)

2.3.1 General Location of the Site

The site is located at Kandla Port at approximate Latitude 23° 01' 39.77" N and Longitude 70° 13' 10.08" E in

Gandhidham Taluka, Kachchh District, Gujarat. The total site area of the project is 2795 sqm.

AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD. BITUMEN STORAGE & HANDLING PROJECT AT KANDLA PORT AT

KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-1: General Location Map of the Project Site




2.3.2 Specific Location of the Project Site and Pipeline

Project site is located at Plot admeasuring 2795 sq.mt. Coordinates for the project site boundary is given in below

Table 2-2 and pipeline coordinates are given in Table 2-3.

Table 2-2: Coordinates of the Project Boundary

Sr. No. Latitude Longitude

1 23° 01' 40.35" N 70° 13' 11.25" E

2 23° 01' 40.81" N 70° 13' 09.12" E

3 23° 01' 39.45" N 70° 13' 08.76" E

4 23° 01' 39.01" N 70° 13' 10.90" E

Table 2-3: Coordinates of the Pipeline route

Sr. No. Latitude Longitude

1. 23° 01' 39.46" N 70° 13' 10.40" E

2. 23° 01' 39.47" N 70° 13' 10.40" E

3. 23° 01' 39.49" N 70° 13' 10.34" E

4. 23° 01' 40.43" N 70° 13' 10.64" E

5. 23° 01' 40.46" N 70° 13' 10.66" E

6. 23° 01' 40.49" N 70° 13' 10.71" E

7. 23° 01' 40.31" N 70° 13' 11.38" E

8. 23° 01' 40.38" N 70° 13' 11.40" E

9. 23° 01' 40.14" N 70° 13' 12.28" E

10. 23° 01' 39.88" N 70° 13' 12.20" E

11. 23° 01' 37.25" N 70° 13' 22.17" E

Figure 2-2: Satellite Image for Coordinates of Site Boundary and Pipeline Route

Site Boundary Pipeline Route

AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD. BITUMEN STORAGE & HANDLING PROJECT AT KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-3: Specific Site Location on Satellite Image




2.3.3 Approach and Connectivity to the site

By Road

Kandla Port is well connected from Gandhidham by NH-8A. From Khari-Rohar, Kandla Port is connected by K.K.

Road. There is a connecting road between NH-8A and K.K. Road near IOC LPG. From K.K. Road, site is accessible

by internal road network.

By Rail

The nearest railway station is Gandhidham, at a distance of ~10 km in NW direction on Western Railway’s.

Gandhidham, is a broad gauge (BG) railway station.

By Air

Kandla Airport is located 15 kms in NW direction. Also, Bhuj airport is at a distance of ~60 km in NW direction from

the project site. Bhuj is connected to Mumbai by air. Nearest International airport is at Ahmedabad.

2.4 Size or magnitude of operation (including associated activities required by or for the

project)

2.4.1 Land Distribution at Site

Table 2-4: Area Statement

Sr. No. Description Area (Sq. Mt.)

1. Tanks 808.95

2. H.T. Yard 80.00

3. Electrical Panel Room 22.00

4. D.G. Shed 22.00

5. Weigh Bridge Platform 72.00

6. Porta Cabins 33.00

7. Admin Building 27.00

8. U/G tank, security cabin, rest shed, fire-fighting pump shed, collection tank 74.34

9. Bitumen Pump house 40.00

10. Heater Service area 64.00

11. Coal Storage 16.00

12. Heater Area 56.00

13. Green Belt 225.00

14. Paved Area 1254.71

Total 2795.00

The key plan and Site Layout map are shown in Figure 2-4 & Map 2-1 respectively.




Figure 2-4: Key Plan of the Site




Map 2-1: Layout Map of Site




2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation

Activities Start Finish

Conceptual engineering April,2017 June,2017

Feasibility study April,2017 July,2017

Basic engineering July,2017 October,2017

Coastal Regulation Zone clearance 16.10.2017 31.08.2018

Land 05.09.2016 13.01.2017

Detailed engineering to commence February,2018 April,2018

Construction to commence September,2018 April,2019

Terminal to be commissioned May,2019 May,2019

2.6 Technology and Process Description

Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. (ABPL) will import Bitumen which will be received by Ship at oil Jetty 1. From Jetty it will be

transferred to storage tanks through pipeline. ABPL will transfer Bitumen through Jetty and by road tankers in India

as per market demand. Aadesh Brine will not carry out any manufacturing activity.

2.6.1 Process Description

Inside Terminal, facility proposed Storage Tanks, Pipelines, Thermic Fluid (TF) Heater, Pumps, Electrical Power

Plant, Truck Loading Platform, Air Compressor and Weigh Bridge. Outside terminal facility proposed 300 mm dia

Pipeline from Jetty.

Philosophy of Terminal is:

A. Receiving of Bitumen from Ship to Terminal through Jetty Pipeline

B. Heating Jetty Pipeline just before receiving of Bitumen from ship

C. Storing of Bitumen in Main Storage Tank

D. Transfer Bitumen from Main Storage Tank to Day Tank

E. Heating of Bitumen in Storage Tank

F. Heating of Internal Pipeline

G. Delivery of Bitumen from Day Tank to Truck & Main Tank to Ships.

Details

1. Vertical MS Tank of 18 m dia. & 20 m height (1 No.), 17 m dia. & 20 m height (2 nos), 8 m dia. & 12 m height

(2 nos) with Insulation.

Total capacity = 1 x 5091 + 2 x 4541 + 2 x 603 = 15,379 MT

2. 120 cum/hr cap. Pump for delivery Bitumen from Tank to Truck Loading Platform x 2 Nos.

3. 500 cum/hr cap. Pump for delivery Bitumen from Tank to Ship x 1 No.

4. 300 mm dia Pipeline with Insulation from Jetty to Terminal for receiving Bitumen from Ship, 500 m long.

5. 200 mm dia. Pipeline with Insulation from Tank to Pump & then pump to Truck Loading Platform, 250 m long.

6. Both Jetty Pipeline & Terminal Pipeline, all Pumps, Tank bottom shall be heated by heater by TF Heating coil.

7. Bitumen receiving Temperature from ships shall be 110-120 deg. C.

8. Bitumen delivery Temperature from Tanks shall be 140-150 deg. C.

9. 2 Nos Tank of 603 MT cap. shall be handle for day loading, once day Tanks are empty, Bitumen shall be

circulate from main Tank to day Tank. That means day Tank (2 nos 603 MT cap. Tank) Temperature shall

maintained at 140-150 deg. C all time. Other 3 nos main Tank Temperature shall be maintained at 120 deg. C.

10. While Bitumen Receiving from Ships or Delivery to Ships, Jetty Pipeline shall also be heated 2 days before ships

arrival.




11. Terminal Pipeline heating shall maintain all time.

12. Imported Coal is available locally. Based on imported coal, a Coal Fired Thermic Fluid Heater proposed to

maintain Bitumen Temperature and Pipeline Temperature. A flow diagram is shown below to understand

complete philosophy of operation.

A flow diagram is shown below to understand complete philosophy of operation.

Proposed facilities are like below mention:

Tank Capacity

The proposed storage capacity of 15379 KL with 5 tanks. Details are provided in Section 2.7.1.

Bitumen Transfer from Jetty

Bitumen is received by ship (estimated maximum shipment of 25000 MT per month). Bitumen would

be pumped by the ship at min. 110 ºC to 120 ºC, as it has its own heating arrangement.

The transfer of bitumen from ship to the storage tanks is through heat traced, Polyisocyanurate insulated seamless

pipeline of 300 mm dia.

Storage Tanks Instrumentation

The storage tanks would have simple float type level measurement and with averaging temperature measurement

along the tank height. Temperature and pressure gauges at tank bottom and as required also providing with

Bitumen & TF Pipelines.

Storage Tanks and Pipe Heating / Insulation

Storage tanks would have heating coils with thermic fluid circulation and external Rockwool insulation. Storage

tanks would be maintained at min.110-120 ºC. Two day tank of capacity 603 MT each needs to heat and deliver at

140-150 ºC so that Bitumen Truck reach the end user with at least 130 ºC.

The tanks are currently proposed to be insulated with minimum 100 mm rock-wool insulation at side and top and

the tank bottom with refractory insulating castable with efficient insulation property above Bitumen carpet on tank

foundation.

All lines used for bitumen transfer within and outside terminal facility would be Polyisocyanurate insulated and have

heat tracing.

Positive displacement (PD) Screw pumps used for bitumen transfer would have jacket provision for heating using

thermic fluid.

Bitumen Pumping System

2 no’s loading pumps are proposed for normal operations and one loading pump is proposed for vessel. Loading

pumps cater to tanker loading as well as transfer from one tank to other tank. The capacity of pumps is propose at

the rate of 120 m3/hr and the motor rating of 55 KW is proposed.

The capacity of vessel delivery pump is proposed at the rate of 500 m3/hr and the motor rating of 275 kw is

proposed.

Road Tanker and Vessel Loading

The road tankers get loaded at the structural built gantry and exit the terminal after weighing at the weigh-bridge.

Sufficient turning radius for trucks would be provided. 2 nos. of road tanker loading bays are proposed.

Vessel will get loaded through pipeline at Jetty from storage tank terminal.




Thermic Fluid Heater

The storage facility will have a 2.0 m kcal/hour thermic fluid heater which is coal fired with chimney for the flue

gases as per CPCB norms. Based on space availability provision has been made to store and use the coal. It is

proposed that the feeding system to be vertical to save space.

Storage & Handling Details for Coal

Coal storage area will be one 4m x 4m size room with all 4 sides block. A Rolling Shutter shall fix at front side for

entry. Roof clearance shall be 5 m from floor. Exhaust fan shall fix on roof top for air circulation.

One Coal Crusher unit will install below floor level of coal storage room. Coal shall be push & pour inside coal

crushing hopper. Crushed Coal sizing should be between 2 to 8 mm and shall be transfer from crusher to Bunker

through Conveying system for fuel store. Coal can be store for 10 hrs consumption inside Bunker.

Coal feeder mounted with Furnace from Bunker and can be feed over furnace bed by auto mode comprising of

Rotary type feeder.

Fire Fighting System

The storage facility will have fire water hydrants facility for general fire protection. UG FW tanks considered.

Electrical and Instrumentation Facilities

All electrical connections could be industrial type

Electricals: Transformer, Circuit Breaker, Change Over, APFC panel, PD board, Cables, Cable Trays, Lighting, Earthing and Earth relays for safe operation.

Instrumentations: Temperature, Level and Pressure Indicators, Cable, Cable Trays, Joint Boxes for safe operation.

Utilities: Other than Heater & Pump also necessary Diesel Generator of 1 no 600 KVA and 1 no 60 KVA, 2 nos. 60 MT capacity Elevated Weigh Bridge and Quality Control Laboratory.

A flow diagram to understand complete philosophy of operation is given in Figure 2-5.




Figure 2-5: Process Flow Diagram




2.7 Project Description

2.7.1 Storage Details

S. No. Type of Tank Chemicals to

be Stored Tanks

Storage Capacity in

KL

Maximum Quantity to be stored in

KL

Tank Height

( m)

Tank Dia (m)

Temperature (°C)

Pressure (bar)

Dyke/Bund area (m2)

Dyke/Bund Height (m)

1. Vertical MS Cylindrical

Welded Fixed Roof Tank

Bitumen

Tank No.1 4541 4500 20 17 120 2 NA 1.2

Tank No.2 4541 4500 20 17 120 2 NA 1.2

Tank No.3 5091 5000 20 18 120 2 NA 1.2

Tank No.4 603 600 12 8 160 1.2 NA 1.2

Tank No.5 603 600 12 8 160 1.2 NA 1.2

Total 15379 15200 - - - - - -

2.7.2 Pipeline Details

S. No.

Route of Pipeline Numbers Capacity / Volume of Pipeline

Remark

Operating Condition (pipeline)

Pipe Internal Dia. Area Covered

Length of Pipeline

(m)

Pump inflow

(kg/sec) Press bar Temp ºC inch mm

1 KPT Oil Jetty no. 1 to Aadesh Brine

Terminal 1 35 Cum

Transfer from Vessel to Vessel

12 Kg/Cm2 120 11.811 300 212 Sqm 500 140

2 Aadesh Brine

Terminal inside 2 12 Cum

Internal circulation & Truck loading

purpose 7 Kg/Cm2 160 9.84 250 98 Sqm 250 34




2.7.3 Power Requirement

The required power shall be sourced from Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited (PGVCL), which is 475 KV. Two

Diesel Generator sets will be provided of 600 KVA & 60 KVA at site for back-up.

Stack Details

Table 2-5: Air Stack Details

Sr. No.

Stack Attached

to Capacity

Stack Nos.

Stack Diameter in

mm

Stack Height in m

Type of Fuel used

Fuel consumption

Location

1 D.G. Set 600 KVA 1 200 5.50 HSD 101 Lit/hr At Site


3 Thermic

Fluid Heater 2 m

Kcal/hr 1 700 30.50 Coal 479 Kg/hr At Site

2.7.4 Rainwater Harvesting Details

As per IMD data average rainfall of New Kandla is 407.4 mm/annum (0.407 m) and no. rainy days is 17.3 annually.

The estimated runoff quantum using different run off coefficient applicable for roof top, green belt and paved area

is given below:

Table 2-6: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff

S. No. Title Area, m2 Rainfall intensity (m) Runoff coefficient Runoff generated (m3)

1

Roof top

(Porta cabin admin building & security

buildings)

138 0.407 0.8 44.93

2 Paved 1251.05 0.407 0.5 254.58

3 Greenbelt 225 0.407 0.2 18.31

Total 317.82

From the above it is inferred that ~318 m3 effective run off water may likely to be available that can be stored in

the proposed tank for reuse.

Average rainwater available per day = 318 m3/17.3 rainy days/annum =18.38 m3/day

The likely storing capacity of proposed pond/tank will be 3 m×3 m×2 m i.e. to store 18 m3/day

2.7.5 Details of Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation

Source of Supply Water

Water will be supplied from Tanker. Permission Letter for Tanker has been attached herewith as Annexure 3.

Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation Details

At site area, water will be mainly used for following areas:

Washings

Domestic Usage

Total water consumption is estimated to 5.2 KLD and the total wastewater generation from the proposed unit will

be 5.0 KLD including domestic sewage and washing effluent. Washing will generate oily wash water.

One time water requirement for Fire water will be 59 KL and it will be sourced from Tanker.




The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the proposed unit is described in Table 2-7

and water balance diagram is presented in Figure 2-6.

Table 2-7: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation Details

Sr. No. Area Water Consumption

in KLD

Wastewater Generation in KLD

Treatment / Disposal Mode

1 Domestic 2.2 2 Wastewater will be treated in ETP at site and treated

water will be sent to SEPPL for further treatment.

Certificate for the same has been attached as

Annexure 4.

2 Oily wash water 3.0 3.0

Total 5.2 5.0

Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram

2.7.6 Wastewater Treatment Plant Details

Total wastewater generated from the entire unit will be about 5 KLD including domestic and industrial effluent

which will be treated in proposed ETP cum STP and treated water will be sent to Saurashtra Enviro Projects Private

Limited (SEPPL) at Samkhiyali plant for further treatment. Provisional Certificate for the same has been attached

herewith as Annexure 4.

Wastewater Treatment System

Wastewater generated from the washing and domestic activities will be treated in proposed ETP cum STP. The

capacity of proposed wastewater treatment plant will be installed for 5 KLD capacity.




List of ETP cum STP units with capacity is given in Table 2-8.

Table 2-8: List of ETP cum STP units with capacity

Sr. No. Unit Volume (m3)

1 Septic Tank 4.5

2 Collection cum Oil & Grease Trap 3.6

3 Aeration Tank 6.0

4 Final Collection Tank 1000 lit

5 Sludge Drying Beds 0.9 m2

Process Description of ETP

Septic Tank

Domestic sewage is collected into septic tank. Septic tank is provided for pre-treatment of sewage. The overflow of

septic tank will further transfer to aeration tank for biological treatment.

Collection cum Oil & Grease Tank

The industrial effluent like oily wash water will be collected into collection cum Oil & Grease Tank. Oil & Grease

Tank is provided to remove the floating oil & grease from the effluent and is provided with the baffle system. In

this tank effluent will pass through the Inlet baffle and continuously overflows to the Aeration Tank. During this

process Oil & Grease will be separated and floated on the surface and then after it will be removed manually. The

floating oil content separated from top of the tank will be collected separately in drums. This waste oil will be

disposed off as per SPCB norms. The treated effluent will be taken to Aeration Tank for further treatment

Aeration Tank - MBR

The combined wastewater i.e. primary treated effluent and sewage water will be subjected to MBR bio-reactor in an

aeration tank in MS Epoxy painted Construction. MBR module is fitted with necessary components like air diffuser

and filtration membrane with a pore size ranging from 0.1 micron to 0.01 micron. Diffused aerators will be

provided in the tank for air supply.

The backwash tank with backwash pump will be provided for cleaning of membranes. The MBR system will be

operated in AUTO MODE.

Final Collection Tank

Outlet from aeration tank will be collected in a Final Collection Tanks, where the treated effluent will be stored.

From this tank the treated effluent will be sent to SEPPL for further treatment.

Sludge Drying Beds

The Sludge from the wastewater treatment system is pumped by sludge recirculation pump to the Sludge Drying

Beds. The Beds consist of Gravel, stones, sands to filter the water sludge. The sludge to be dried under the sun and

dried sludge will be suitably disposed as per SPCB norms.

Process block diagram of proposed ETP cum STP is given in below:




Figure 2-7: Process Block Diagram for ETP cum STP (5 KLD)

2.7.7 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous

Waste

The solid / Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous Waste Storage Area as per

hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the hazardous waste generation, quantification,

classification, collection, transportation and disposal facility as per Hazardous Waste Rules 2008 and its amendment

are mentioned in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9: Hazardous Waste Generation Details

S. No.

Type of Waste

Hazardous Waste

Category

Generation Quantity

Unit Source Collection, Treatment /

Disposal

1 Used Oil 5.1 2 KL per year DG Set Sold to Authorized recyclers

2 Pig waste 3.3 8 Nos. per year Pipeline Send to SEPPL for incinerate

3 ETP Sludge 35.3 3.6 Ton per year Wastewater Treatment

Plant

Send to SEPPL

4 Waste Oil 35.4 486 Litre per year Send to SEPPL for incinerate

Waste oil generation is 1.5 lit/day. (Consider Viscosity of oil is 0.9 & Working days is 360 days)

Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

For disposal of Hazardous/Incinerable waste, Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. has taken provisional certificate from

SEPPL, Kachchh for disposal of hazardous waste which is presented in Annexure 4.

The other hazardous waste like used oil will be sold to authorized venders.

The non-hazardous waste like paper, plastic, metal and wooden waste will be handed over to authorized re-

processors.

Storage and Handling of Solid/Hazardous Waste

All solid and hazardous waste with be handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the

solid and hazardous waste handling.

The wastes will be handed in drums and HDPE Bags and further transferred at the Disposal site.




Three months storage with impervious flooring will be provided for hazardous waste storage to avoid leakage

problem.

Other Solids Wastes

Bio-medical Wastes

First aid centre is available at site. Very small quantity of waste comprises of discarded medicines, soiled waste

such as dressing, bandages and material contaminated with blood will be generated. The generated waste will be

periodically handed over to authorized vendors as per SPCB regulations and biomedical waste management rules

1998.

2.8 Transportation Details

Transportation of Bitumen will be done from oil Jetty 1 to storage terminal through designated pipeline. Bitumen

will be transferred through tankers from the terminal. Tanker size will range between 20 to 25 MT.

2.9 Employment Generation

Approx. 20 nos. of workers will get employment at site during operation phase and approx. 15-20 nos. of workers

will get temporary employment during construction phase.

2.10 Cost of the Project

Total estimated cost of Project is INR Rs. ~15 Crores.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the basis for establishment of

prevailing environment status and identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. This chapter describes

existing environmental baseline data of the study area pertaining to the project activity.

3.2 Study Area

Study area is of Radius 7 km from Project site boundary. Study area map of proposed project on Google image

shown in Figure 2-3. Sampling location map within the study area is shown in Figure 3-1.

3.3 Monitoring Period

The baseline environmental quality was assessed for 12 weeks (From October, 2017 to January, 2018) by Kadam

Environmental Consultants. These 12 weeks period mainly covers Post-monsoon season. The environmental

baseline of the study area with respect to these parameters is discussed in subsequent sections.

3.4 Methodology

The baseline environmental quality was assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various

components of the environment viz. land, air, noise, water, ecological environment and socio-economic

environment with specific reference to environmental aspects, which may have a bearing on the impacts of the

project. This information is based on secondary information sources and constitutes remaining part of the baseline

environmental studies.

The guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF&CC and methodologies mentioned in Technical EIA Guidelines

Manual for Ship breaking & all yards by IL&FS Eco smart Ltd., approved by MoEF&CC is followed for conducting the

baseline environmental survey.

The entire data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction

with locals, government agencies and departments.

3.4.1 Primary Data Collection

The following primary data was collected with respect to the environmental baseline:

Terrestrial Environment

Land use and Land cover

Meteorology and ambient air quality

Surface water quality

Ambient noise quality

Geology & Hydrogeology

Soil quality

Ecology & Biodiversity

Socio-economics




Marine Environment

Water

Sediment


AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD. BITUMEN STORAGE & HANDLING PROJECT AT KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-1: Sampling Location Map – Terrestrial Environment




3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection

Secondary data plays an important role in proper assessment of the baseline condition and gives an idea before the

primary data collection is started about the historical and present conditions of the area. Secondary data are

collected from already published and reliable sources.

3.5 Land use / Land cover

3.5.1 Classification of Land Use and Land Cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote

Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual

interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification,

comprising seven primary land use / land cover categories. Some of these primary categories required further

delineation, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s land use / land cover studies. Whilst these categories

are generally found relevant with respect to describing land use and land cover classes in the Indian context,

sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories, which are more relevant in

describing the land use and land cover for a particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.

The definitions for the primary and secondary categories are provided in Annexure 5.

A synopsis of above discussion is summarized and presented in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Synopsis of Land use/ Land cover Classification in General

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Plantations

3. Forests

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

Deciduous Forests

Degraded Forest

Scrub (Forest)

Open Forest

Dense or Close Forest

Forest Blank

Forest Plantations

Mangroves

4. Wastelands

Salt encrustation

Waterlogged Land

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Gullied / Ravenous Land

Land without Scrub

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

5. Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River Beds

Creek





Sea

6. Others

Shifting Cultivation

Salt pan

Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

Mining Area

7. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open vegetation

Close vegetation

Mangroves

3.5.2 General Study methodology

The study area covers a distance equal to 7 km from the project site boundary. The study methodology involved

the following steps:

Data Collection

Interpretation of satellite data

Ground truth Study

Final map preparation

Data Collection

This covers:

Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution

(<1.0 m) imagery

Open Source Map from Survey of India as base map

Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area by Kadam staff to get a general feel of the entire ground area

which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as size,

shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary

information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished. The

classification scheme followed in the project has been described earlier in Section 3.5.1.

Ground Truth Study

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land uses are correct thus improving the

quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background

information on the land use.

Ground truth study is carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. The survey consisted of

traversing the study area, crosschecking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes are

kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land

uses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation are also recorded.

3.5.3 Secondary Data Collection and Review

Survey of India Maps (Toposheet/Open Series Map)

Administrative Atlas by Census of India

District planning Map by National Atlas and thematic Mapping Organization




List of National parks, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biodiversity Hotspot

3.5.4 Primary Data Collection and Review

The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 7 km from the project boundary.

Ground truth survey for Land Use has been done on dated 15th November 2017 by Land Use Land Cover expert.

GPS readings were taken during the survey wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of the

data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the

land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high.

Photograph 2: Land Use

Mangroves at Nakti creek Scrub near Khari Rohar

At site Kandla Colony

Salt Pan near Nakti Creek Kandla Creek




Table 3-2 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations

selected.

Table 3-2: GPS Readings within Study Area

S. No. Location Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Classes / Remarks

1 NH 8A (Kandla port Road) 23° 01' 58.76" 70° 09' 31.94" Mangroves

2 NH 8A (Kandla port Road) 23° 01' 59.83" 70° 09' 32.97" Nakti Creek

3 Near friends salt works 23° 01' 38.16" 70° 11' 30.02" Mudflat

4 Khari Rohar 23° 04' 22.25" 70° 09' 52.83" Scrub

5 Bridge (K.K.Raod) 23° 03' 33.83" 70° 10' 20.87" Nakti Creek

6 Towards Kandla port 23° 02' 19.02" 70° 11' 17.72" Salt Pans

7 At Old Kandla Colony 23° 02' 0.54" 70° 12' 37.98" Residential

8 At IFFCO 23° 01’ 56.95" 70° 13' 2.20" Industry

9 At New Kandla Colony 23° 01' 21.78" 70° 12' 49.33" Residential

10 At Site 23° 01' 40.31" 70° 13' 10.27" Scrub

3.5.5 Key Findings

Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area

The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises of following categories:

Table 3-3: Synopsis of Land use/ Land cover Classification in the Study Area


1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Wastelands

Land without Scrub

Muddy area

Mud Flat

3. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

Creek

4. Others Salt Pan

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open vegetation

Mangroves

The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given in Map 3-1.

All land uses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections.

Built-up Land

Residential / Commercial

This class covers only ~ 0.3 % of the study area. Fishermen colony and Kandla Colony is also present in the study

area.

Industrial Area

The Industrial Class covered as 5.5 % of the study area and defined by the major Industries like IFFCO, IOC LPG,

IOC Terminal, FSWAI etc. Major imports entering the Port of Kandla are petroleum, chemicals, steel and

iron machinery, but it also handles salt, textiles and grain. So considerable part within study area has been

occupied by terminals and ware houses. Fisheries is also one of the industrial activity in study area.




Wastelands

Muddy area

It covers 0.6% of the study area

Mud Flats

Most observed class covered ~38 % of the study area. Entire eastern side of Kandla Creek is intertidal in nature

and vast expanses of mudflats present here.

Water Bodies

Creek

Two major creeks namely Nakti Creek and Kandla creek, initiated from the Gulf of Kutch are present within the

study area. The Nakti creek runs along the south-western side of study area while the Kandla creek goes along

north-south.

Others

Salt Pan

Second dominant category covering ~19 % of study area.

Vegetation Cover

Scrub and open vegetation

This class is dominated with Prosopis Juliflora and only ~0.15% of study area is covered with this category.

Mangroves

This class Covers 20% of the study area. Mangrove trees especially Avicennia Alba are present.

Class Wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes in the study area is presented in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

S. No.

Level 1

classification

Level 2

classification

Area, Level 2 classes Area, Level 1 classes

Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%

1. Built-up Land or Habitation


33.4 0.33 0.215 1010.0 10.10 6.514

Industrial 976.6 9.77 6.299

2. Wastelands

Land without scrub 62.7 0.63 0.404

5965.9 59.66 38.477 Muddy area 104.8 1.05 0.676

Mud flats 5798.5 57.98 37.397

3. Water Bodies


41.9 0.42 0.270 2387.0 23.87 15.395

Creek 2345.1 23.45 15.124

4. Others Salt pans 2971.0 29.71 19.161 2971.0 29.71 19.161

5. Vegetation

Cover

Scrub 19.0 0.19 0.123

3171.3 31.71 20.453 Open Vegetation 4.5 0.04 0.029

Mangroves 3147.8 31.48 20.302




Note: Roads, Railways and canals are not calculated separately in area statistics

Pie Chart of Level 1 classification in the study area is shown in Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-2: Pie Chart of Level 1 Classification in the study area

Final Map Preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for

the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and

were then presented in the prepared land use and land cover map. The map is attached as Error! Reference source

not found.. Site and its sensitivity is given in Table 3-5. This concluded the land use land cover identification and

description component of the study area.

Table 3-5: Site and its Sensitivity

S. No. Sensitive Ecological Features Name of feature /

Location Distance

(km) Direction

1 Inland, Coastal, marine waters Kandla Creek ~0.1 E

Khari Creek ~3.5 SW

2 National Highway NH-8A ~1.3 SSW

3 State Highway SH-46 ~9.4 WNW

4 Airport Kandla ~15 NW

5 Railway station Gandhidham ~10 NW

This concluded the land use land cover identification and description component of the study area.

Built-up Land or Habitation Wastelands

Water Bodies Others

Vegetation Cover



Map 3-1: Land Use and Land Cover Map




3.6 Meteorology and Air Quality Modelling

3.6.1 General Study Methodology

The general approach and methodology for meteorology and air pollution monitoring, assessment and management

is provided in Table 3-6 &Table 3-11.

3.6.2 Meteorology

Site specific meteorological data was collected at Ahir Salt Premises, Kandla. The general approach and

methodology for meteorology data collection is provided in Table 3-6.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-6: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S. No.

Env. Component Sampling location

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling Frequency

Sample Collection & Analysis

Method Parameters

Field Instrument

Analytical Instrument

Sensitivity Detection

Limit

1 Micro-

Meteorological Data

01

Location

12 weeks (Oct’17 – Jan’18)

24-hour data collection with hourly reading

recording

Temperature Thermometer Data Logger 1oC -40 to +60 oC USEPA 421

Relative Humidity Hygrometer Data Logger 1% 0-100% “

Wind Speed Wind

Anemometer Data Logger 0.1 km/hr

0 to 200 km/hr

“

Wind Direction Wind Vane Data Logger 3 degrees 0 to 359 degrees

“

Rainfall Rain Gauge Data Logger - 1mm “

Cloud Cover Visual - - -




Secondary Data Collection & Review

Secondary data for weather conditions in the region is available from Long-term Climatological Tables attached as

an Annexure 7 for 30 years i.e. from 1981-2010, published by Indian Meteorological Department. New

Kandla_42639 is the nearest IMD Station from proposed project site located at an aerial distance of ~2.00 km

towards south direction.

Long-term climatological data analysed / reviewed for important parameters like Temperature, Humidity, wind

speed, wind direction, cloud cover and Rainfall. The findings are:

Temperature

In post monsoon season mean daily maximum temperature was recorded between 27.6 – 34.9 oC. The extreme

highest 41.4 oC was recorded on 9th October’ 2002. Mean daily minimum temperature was recorded between 16.0-

24.6 oC. The extreme lowest 7.2 oC was recorded on 27th December 1989.

Humidity

In post monsoon season humidity in morning hours ranges between 62-74 % while in evening hours it was

between 41-46%.

Cloud Cover

Cloud cover variation was observed in each season. In post monsoon season during morning hours cloud cover

range was 0.9 Oktas and in evening hours it was ranges between 0.8 - 1.0 Oktas.

Rainfall

Annual total rainfall was recorded 407.3 mm. season wise distribution include, 0.2 mm in winter (Jan-Feb), while

4.0 mm in summer(Mar-May), 384.4 mm in monsoon (Jun-Sep) and 18.7 mm in post monsoon (Oct-Dec). It was

observed that, 94% rainfall was in monsoon season.

Wind Speed

High to Moderate wind speed is normal phenomenon in the region because area is coastal belt. Throughout the

year wind speed remains between 1-19 Kmph. It was observed between 20 - 41 Kmph occasionally during post

monsoon period. The calm condition was mostly not observed.

Wind Direction

Details of wind regime is shown in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Wind regime as per IMD Long-Term Data - New Kandla station

Season Month Hours Wind blow from

I Predominant II Predominant III Predominant

Winter

January I N NW NE

II N NE SW/NW

February I N NW NE/W

II N/SW S NE

Summer

March I W NW N/SW

II SW S N

April I SW W NW

II SW S W

May I SW W S

II SW W S




Season Month Hours Wind blow from

I Predominant II Predominant III Predominant

Monsoon

June I SW W S

II SW W S

July I SW W S

II SW W S

August I SW W S

II SW W S

September I W SW NW

II SW W S

Post Monsoon

October I N NW W

II SW S N

November I N NW NE

II N NE SW

December I N NW NE

II N NE NW

Annual I SW W N

II SW W S

I Morning hours

II Evening hours

Primary Data Collection & Review

Micrometeorological data collected at administrative office of Ahir Salt at Kandla Port about 2.00 km from project

site within study area.

These location is selected due to safety reason and uninterrupted power supply. Technically also the Wind speed

and wind direction sensors fitted at 10 mtr height above surface land and the exposure is good.

Table 3-8: Meteorological Data Station Details

S.

No.

Station Code

AAQM Station Coordinates

(Lat. & Long.) Direction

Distance Km

Rationale

1 M001 At Ahir Salt Premises

23° 02' 12.31" N

70° 12' 32.98" E NW 2.00

To collect Micro-meteorological Data within study area

Refer for Table 3-6 methodology, selected parameters and frequency of data collection.

Photograph 3: Meteorological Station Set up Photographs

Meteorological Station at Ahir Salt Meteorological Station at Ahir Salt




Key Findings

Data Analysis and Observations

Summary of micrometeorological data collected within study area during study period shown in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Summary micrometeorological data for study Period Oct’17 to Jan’18 (Mainly covers Post-

monsoon season)

Parameter Unit Max Min Average

Temperature °C 35.6 11.7 24.7

Humidity % 82.4 17.4 41.0

Wind Speed Kmph 30.2 0.0 10.0

Wind Direction From NNE - -

Cloud Cover Oktas 0.0 0.0 0.0

Rainfall mm 0.0 0.0 0.0

The data obtained has been compiled to obtain average data. Compiled mean meteorological data for 24 hours

period is shown in Table 3-9.

Specific observations observed during study period are as follows:

Temperature

Mean average temperature was recorded 25.3 oC. The extreme maximum temperature was recorded 35.7 oC and

extreme minimum temperature was recorded 11.7 oC.

Humidity

Mean daily humidity was recorded 40.2% respectively. The extreme maximum humidity was recorded 82.4% and

extreme minimum humidity was 17% during monitoring period.

Wind speed

Mean average wind speed was recorded 10.8 Kmph. The extreme maximum was recorded 30.2 Kmph and extreme

minimum was 0.0 Kmph for the monitoring period.

Rainfall

Rainfall was not recorded during monitoring period.

Cloud Cover

Sky was clear throughout the monitoring period.

Table 3-10: Site specific Meteorological Data during Monitoring Period

Time Temp. R.H WS Wind Direction Cloud cover Rainfall

(Hrs.) °C % m/s k/h (Degree) (From) % Octas (mm)

0.00 23.7 42.2 2.9 9.8 337 NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0

1.00 23.6 42.8 2.7 9.3 315 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0

2.00 23.4 42.9 2.8 9.6 22 / 337 NNE/NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0

3.00 23.1 43.8 2.8 9.5 337 NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0

4.00 23.0 44.5 3.0 10.1 315 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0

5.00 22.7 46.1 2.9 10.0 45 / 22 NE/NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

6.00 22.6 47.4 3.1 10.4 337 NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0

7.00 22.6 47.0 3.0 10.1 22 / 337 NNE/NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0




Time Temp. R.H WS Wind Direction Cloud cover Rainfall

(Hrs.) °C % m/s k/h (Degree) (From) % Octas (mm)

8.00 23.1 46.7 2.8 9.5 315 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0

9.00 23.9 44.5 2.8 9.7 0 N 0.0 0.0 0.0

10.00 24.9 41.0 2.9 10.0 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

11.00 25.9 38.4 3.3 11.0 45 / 22 NE/NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

12.00 26.6 36.4 3.1 10.6 45 / 22 NE/NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

13.00 27.1 35.4 3.1 10.4 45 NE 0.0 0.0 0.0

14.00 27.4 34.6 3.2 10.7 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

15.00 27.6 33.6 3.2 10.9 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

16.00 27.3 34.2 3.1 10.5 45 / 22 NE/NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

17.00 26.9 35.4 3.1 10.4 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

18.00 26.1 38.0 3.2 10.9 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

19.00 25.2 39.8 2.9 9.9 45 NE 0.0 0.0 0.0

20.00 24.6 41.2 2.8 9.6 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

21.00 23.9 42.4 2.7 9.2 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

22.00 23.7 43.1 2.7 9.1 315 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0

23.00 23.6 42.6 2.8 9.5 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

Average 24.7 41.0 2.9 10.0 22 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0

Overall during monitoring period compiled mean average daily temperature remains below 30 oC, humidity remains

below 50%, wind speed was, 10.0 Kmph mostly from NNE direction. There was low cloud cover and rainfall was not

recorded in the monitoring period.




Figure 3-3: Wind rose diagram for monitoring period




3.7 Ambient Air Quality

The atmosphere acts as the natural sink, which comprises of a dynamic system that absorbs various pollutants from

natural as well as man-made sources. Gases such as CO, CO2, SO2 and NOX as well as particulate matter (PM2.5

and PM10) such as sand and dust, are continuously released into the atmosphere through natural as well as man-

made pollutants. The pollutants travel through the air, disperse and may interact with other substances in the

atmosphere before they reach a sink, such as a water body, vegetation or a human receptor. If the pollutants enter

the atmosphere before they are absorbed by natural sinks then they are accumulated in the air. Such a disturbance

in a dynamic equilibrium in the atmosphere by the air pollutants released by anthropogenic activities resulting in

considerable accumulation in the atmosphere may affect the adversely life on earth and its environment. Further,

the dilution and dispersion of gaseous pollutants in the atmosphere depend upon the meteorological conditions

prevailing at a given place. As the ABPL is a storage terminal and activity is material loading via gentry from tank

to tankers. This condition is expected not to release any air pollutants in the existing area atmosphere.

General Study Methodology

The methodology for the air pollution and air quality management has been presented in conjunction with the same

already presented for meteorology in Section 3.6.

Parameters Monitored and Methods

It is development of vessel repairing terminal mainly for maintenance of a single vessel at a time. There is a point

source - DG set from which pollution will be occur during proposed project operation. The major pollutants

monitored are Particulate matter, SO2, NOx, CO and VOC.

AAQM monitoring was finalised as per IS 5182 methods mainly for selection of sampling locations. The sampling

methodology is given in Table 3-11 and detailed monitoring locations are in Table 3-12.




Table 3-11: Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

S. No.

Env. Component

Sampling location

Total Sampling Period

Sampling Frequency

Sample Collection & Analysis

Method Parameters Field Instrument

Analytical Instrument

Sensitivity Detection

Limit

1

Ambient Air Quality

8

Locations

12 weeks (October, 2017 to January,

2018)

24 -hour sample

collection twice a week

at each station

PM10 Respirable Dust

Sampler

Electronic

balance

0.01 mg 10.0 µg/m3

IS: 5182:

Part 23 (2006)

2 PM2.5 Respirable Dust

Sampler

Electronic

balance 0.01 mg 2.0 µg/m3

CPCB Guideline volume -1

(Gravimetric method)

3 SO2 Impinger Module with control valve & Flow

Meter

Spectro-photometer

0.001 nm 3.75 µg/m3 IS: 5182:

Part 2 (2001)

4 NOx Impinger Module with control valve & Flow

Meter

Spectro-photometer

0.001 nm 6 µg/m3 IS: 5182:

Part 6 (2006)

5 CO CO Meter / Tedler Bags / Detection

Tubes

Gas Chromatograph

- 0.571 mg/m3 IS 5182:

Part 10 (1999)

6 VOCs Detection Tubes /

Charcoal Adsorption Gas

Chromatograph -

IS 5182:

Part 11 (2006)




Secondary Data Collection and Review

Secondary data for the area was checked. Kandla Port Trust has checked AAQM on regular basis for the KPT area.

Windrose made based on long-term meteorological data for deciding the air sampling locations is given in

Annexure 8.

Primary Data Collection and Review

Selection of Monitoring Locations with Rationale

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations were selected on the basis of local climate conditions mainly wind direction

patterns, land use pattern, sensitivity and approach. Eight AAQM stations selected which include base station,

upwind stations, downwind stations and crosswind stations as per wind regime. These stations were located within

rural settlements as well as in consideration of other important features of the study area.

Details of monitoring locations and rationale is given in Table 3-23.

Table 3-12: Ambient air quality monitoring locations

S.

No.

Station Code

AAQM Station

Area designated

as per NAAQS-

CPCB

Coordinates

(Lat. & Long.)

Dist. Km

Direction Rationale

1 AQ01 Temple (Nr Oil Jetty)

Other 23° 01' 44.49" N 70° 13' 11.60" E

0.15 N Base station

2 AQ02

350m SW from

project boundary

Rural 23° 01' 34.32" N 70° 12' 58.85" E

0.35 SW Crosswind station (Annual 1st predominant upwind)

3 AQ03 New KPT Colony

Rural 23° 01' 16.32" N 70° 12' 48.46" E

0.90 SSW Downwind station

4 AQ04 Kandla Rural 23° 01' 6.71" N

70° 12' 36.03" E 1.37 SW

Crosswind station (Annual 1st predominant upwind)

5 AQ05 Nr ASAPPL terminal

Rural 23° 02' 11.64" N 70° 12' 33.15" E

1.39 WNW Crosswind station

6 AQ06 Ahir salt

(Salt Pan) Other

23° 02' 58.48" N 70° 12' 33.29" E

2.62 NW 2nd predominant upwind

station

7 AQ07

700m south from

project boundary

Rural 23° 01' 14.27" N 70° 13' 08.38" E

0.70 S 1st predominant

downwind station

8 AQ08 Khari Rohar

Rural 23° 04' 26.90" N 70° 10' 26.09" E

6.93 NW 2nd predominant upwind

station




Photograph 4: Ambient Air Sampling Photographs

Temple (Nr Oil Jetty) 350m SW From project boundary

Nr ASAPPL Terminal Ahir Salt (Salt Pan)

Key Findings

The proposed site is located within Kandla Port Trust area. The area is coastal with high wind velocity.

As per the study area which is considered as 10 km radius from proposed project site, it is observed that study area

has 50:50 ratio of land and water (sea). Further in landward study area, there are industries, storage terminals, salt

pans and human settlements. Industrial pollution, Domestic pollution and Vehicular pollution are the major sources

of pollution within study area.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations were selected on the basis of local climate conditions mainly wind direction

patterns, land use pattern, sensitivity and approach. Eight AAQM stations selected which include base station,

upwind stations, downwind stations and crosswind stations as per wind regime. These stations were located within

rural settlements as well as in consideration of other important features of the study area.

Sampling parameters including Particulate matter (PM10 & PM2.5), SOx, NOx, CO and VOC which are important

pollutants. The 24 hours, time weighted average results for particulate matter mainly PM10 at all locations observed

above specified NAAQS notification of 18th Nov’2009, published by CPCB. Gaseous parameters like SOx, NOx, CO are

within the specified limits of NAAQS notification of 18th Nov’2009, published by CPCB.

Summary of results shown in Table 3-24 and detailed analysis results attached as an Annexure 12.




Table 3-13: Summary Air Quality Data for Monitoring Period

Station Code Sampling Location

NAAQM Standards

[CPCB]

Average Pollutant Concentration (All units are in µg/m3 except CO in mg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOCs

[24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [8 Hours] [4 Hours]

100 60 80 80 2 NS*

AQ01 Temple- Nr Oil

Jetty

Maximum 182 76 37.1 36.2 0.65 <17.4

Minimum 74 24 8.7 14.8 0.57 <17.4

Average 124 43 13.2 20.3 0.60 <17.4

98%tile 181 69 34.2 35.7 0.65 <17.4

AQ02 350 m SW from Project boundary

Maximum 155 57 27.9 38.8 1.04 <17.4

Minimum 52 24 9.5 22.3 0.59 <17.4

Average 96 43 17.9 32.8 0.82 <17.4

98%tile 150 57 27.7 38.4 1.02 <17.4

AQ03 New KPT colony

Maximum 180 57 24.3 20.3 0.97 <17.4

Minimum 74 24 7.8 13.9 0.68 <17.4

Average 134 43 12.8 17.0 0.80 <17.4

98%tile 179 57 21.2 20.0 0.97 <17.4

AQ04 Kandla

Maximum 193 56 16.5 25.2 0.84 <17.4

Minimum 98 22 7.8 14.5 0.61 <17.4

Average 145 41 11.3 19.0 0.74 <17.4

98%tile 193 55 16.5 25.1 0.83 <17.4

AQ05 Nr. ASAPPL

terminal

Maximum 175 59 16.5 25.2 0.80 <17.4

Minimum 81 28 7.8 14.5 0.51 <17.4

Average 119 43 11.5 19.1 0.68 <17.4

98%tile 171 58 16.5 25.2 0.79 <17.4

AQ06 Ahir Salt (Salt

Pan)

Maximum 170 56 37.6 45.6 0.94 <17.4

Minimum 30 23 5.4 13.9 0.58 <17.4

Average 113 45 14.6 23.0 0.76 <17.4

98%tile 167 55 32.3 44.8 0.93 <17.4

AQ07 Maximum 178 59 10.1 17.9 0.74 <17.4




Station Code Sampling Location

NAAQM Standards

[CPCB]




100 60 80 80 2 NS*

700 m South from project boundary

Minimum 101 29 4.4 9.2 0.58 <17.4

Average 150 49 7.4 13.6 0.64 <17.4

98%tile 177 59 10.0 17.5 0.73 <17.4

AQ08 Khari Rohar

Village

Maximum 184 60 14.2 27.7 0.83 <17.4

Minimum 92 0 9.4 12.9 0.58 <17.4

Average 124 26 11.0 17.2 0.69 <17.4

98%tile 182 59 14.0 25.9 0.83 <17.4




3.7.1 Traffic Survey

Traffic survey is very important parameter to assess the impact due to proposed project activities on local existing

infrastructure due to transportation. There are two types of effects,

Effect on existing road infrastructure due to increase in number of vehicles

Effect on environment due to road side dust & emission from exhaust of moving vehicles

Effect on Infrastructure

Study on effect of infrastructure is based on actual traffic survey of important Arterial, sub-arterial and collector

roads. In traffic survey study the type of vehicles and their number is counted. Road width and road length are

other important parameters of consideration. The calculated volume of the actual study is compared with

recommended design service volumes (PCUs per Hour) given in “Guidelines for capacity of Urban roads in Plain

Areas” published by The Indian Road Congress, New Delhi.

Effect on Environment

Study on effect on environment is based on pollution due to running vehicles. It is described as line source

monitoring. The road side dust is suspended due to moving vehicles can cause pollution of particulate matter. The

emissions from exhaust of moving vehicles can cause particulate as well as gaseous pollution. This will be

calculated and make modelling of the increment in pollution for the proposed project.

Effect on Road Infrastructure

ABPL will be going to develop storage facility and transport handling activities. The goods/commodity from ABPL

storage tanks carried to various clients. The road transportation therefor is very important factor. There will be

possibilities of impact on road as well as other infrastructure due to vehicular movement. Because of this, it is

important to find out existing road infrastructure, site approach through various roads and traffic movement on that

roads. On the basis of existing situation it is easy to find proposed scenario of the traffic movement with additional

vehicles due to proposed project development.

The total number of trucks to be handled per day (incoming and outgoing) within peaking factor per day will be 80,

approximately 2000 trucks (incoming & outgoing) per month. The assessment on the truck movement has been

made assuming 330 effective working days for the truck handling. The average payload / capacity of each truck are

based on the type of cargo handled.

While preparing land use plan the extent and limits of surrounding development, limitation/ development needs of

infrastructural facilities, ease of access, cargo handling requirements, environmental and safety requirements have

been given due consideration.

Initial Parking of Bitumen Tanker at designated Parking area of KPT, which is 5 Km away from plot.

Plot approach road is minimum 6m wide & maximum 15m wide with 90o one bend.

GA drawing showing Entry & Exit Gate separate of Terminal.

Two no’s Truck will call each time for simultaneous loading inside Terminal & it will take 15 minutes to reach Truck

from KPT Parking area to Terminal.

During loading of 2 trucks another 2 Trucks will call from KPT Parking area and this arrangement will continue with

proper supervision

Table 3-14: Truck Movement Details for proposed project

Commodity Transport No of Trucks

Total Incoming trucks per day 40

Total trucks to be handled per day (incoming and outgoing) with peaking factor per day 80




Road Identification

Traffic survey was carried out on important connective/approach road to ABPL project. Plot approach road is

minimum 6m wide & maximum 15m wide with 90o one bend and same will be developed into paved road. The

details of existing road selected for Traffic Survey is given below.

Table 3-15: Road Details

Sr. No.

Road Identity

Count Point Latitude/Longitude Approach Road from

(Rationale for selection) Width (mtr)

TS01 Kandla to Oil

Jetty Nr Oil Jetty 23001’45.87” N, 70013’06.08” E

Kandla to Oil Jetty 9.0

Oil Jetty to Kandla

Methodology

Traffic survey was carried out on both sides (up & down) of the road. Vehicles classified into two types. Mechanized

and Non-mechanized. Mechanized vehicles including two wheelers (bikes/Mopeds/Scooters), three wheelers

(rickshaw/small 3W tempos), four wheelers (Cars/Jeeps/Trucks/Buses/tractors etc.)

Non-mechanized vehicles including two wheelers (Cycles) three wheelers (Tricycles) four wheelers (Carts)

Vehicles are observed and count was recorded at every 15 min interval for 24 hours. The table below represents

the total no. of vehicles over 24 hour duration.

Table 3-16: Traffic survey (up & down)

Road

Mechanized Vehicle Non -Mechanized Vehicle

All Category

2W 3W 4W >4W 2W 3W 4W

Bike/

Moped Auto

Car/Jeep/Auto

Bus Truck Tractor Cycle Tri-cycle Cart

Oil Jetty to Kandla

272 136 165 26 192 26 11 0 0 828

Kandla to Oil Jetty

214 68 260 33 381 41 11 0 0 1008

Detailed Traffic survey Results are given in Annexure 13.

On the basis of traffic survey count the existing road infrastructure capacity is find out. *PCU is calculated with

**Equivalent factor recommended for Various Types and numbers of Vehicles on Urban roads, page no. 10,

Guidelines for capacity of Urban Roads in Plain Areas, The Indian Road Congress, 1990.The details of existing traffic

movement in study period, with calculated PCU is given in Table 3-17.

Table 3-17: Traffic survey (up & down) – PCU Calculation

Existing movement

Traffic Movement Up & Down

Types of Vehicle No. of Vehicles % Composition Equivalent factor** PCU*

Mechanized

2-Wheelers 486 26 0.75 365

3-Wheelers 204 11 2.0 408

4-Wheelers

Cars, Jeeps 425 23 1.0 425

Trucks 573 31 3.7 2120

Buses 59 3 2.2 130

Tractors 67 4 4.0 268

Non Mechanized

Cycles 22 1 0.5 11

Carts 0 0 1.5 0




Existing movement



Cycle Rickshaw 0 0 1.5 0

Total 1836 100 -- 3726

Table 3-18: Traffic survey (up & down) – PCU Calculation

With Proposed Truck movement



Mechanized

2-Wheelers 486 25 0.75 365

3-Wheelers 204 11 2.0 408

4-Wheelers

Cars, Jeeps 425 22 1.0 425

Trucks 653 34 3.7 2416

Buses 59 3 2.2 130

Tractors 67 3 4.0 268

Non Mechanized

Cycles 22 1 0.5 11

Carts 0 0 1.5 0

Cycle Rickshaw 0 0 1.5 0

Total 1916 100 -- 4022

*PCU: Passenger Car Unit, Reference Indian Road Congress Guidelines

**Equivalent factor: recommended PCU factors for Various Types of Vehicles on Urban roads, page no. 10,

Guidelines for capacity of Urban Roads in Plain Areas, The Indian Road Congress, 1990.

The design service volumes for different categories of urban roads as per IRC guidelines it was observed that the

existing PCUs per Hour are observed well within total design service volume of the road.

Table 3-19: Incremental Traffic due to Proposed Project

Existing PCU

Sr No.

All Vehicle Count

(24 Hours)

All Vehicles (PCU/ 24

Hrs)

Calculated (PCU/Hour)

Type of Carriage Way

Total design Service Volume

(PCU/Hour)

Remarks

1 1836 3726 155 2 Lane two way 1200 well within designed

capacity of the carriage way

Proposed PCU with additional truck Movement

Sr No.

All Vehicle Count

(24 Hours)

All Vehicles (PCU/ 24

Hrs)

Calculated (PCU/Hour)

Type of Carriage Way

Total design Service Volume

(PCU/Hour)

Remarks

1 1916 4022 168 2 Lane two way 1200 well within designed

capacity of the carriage way




Effect on Environment

Line Source Modelling

Line source modelling is estimation of increment in baseline level results of pollution parameters due to movement

of vehicles of proposed activities. There are two types of sources of pollution increment due to vehicular

movement.

Increase in particulate matter: It is due to movement of heavy vehicles on paved & unpaved roads.

Increase in particulate as well as gaseous pollution level: It is due to emission from exhaust of moving vehicles.

Average incremental values for PM, SOx, NOx, HCs and CO for both Phases are calculated and reported, for

Particulate Matter (PM),

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Hydrocarbons (HC)

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Incremental Estimation due to Movement of heavy vehicles

Particulate matter is important parameter of Ambient Air Quality study. Specially, PM10 and PM2.5 particulate matters

are Respirable dust and cause health problems. To find out actual increment in dust level in ambient air, First

important step is monitoring of baseline data and second step is estimation of possible increase in results which are

calculated on the basis of vehicular movement on paved and unpaved roads within study area.

Paved Road

This version of the paved road emission factor equation only estimates particulate emissions from resuspended

road surface material.

Particulate emissions occur whenever vehicles travel over a paved surface such as a road or parking lot. Particulate

emissions from paved roads are due to direct emissions from vehicles in the form of exhaust, brake wear and tire

wear emissions and resuspension of loose material on the road surface. In general terms, suspended particulate

emissions from paved roads originate from, and result in the depletion of, the loose material present on the surface

(i.e., the surface loading). In turn, that surface loading is continuously replenished by other sources. At industrial

sites, surface loading is replenished by spillage of material and track out from unpaved roads and

staging areas.

Unpaved Roads

This version of the unpaved public road emission factor equation only estimates particulate emissions from re-

suspended road surface material.

When a vehicle travels an unpaved road, the force of the wheels on the road surface causes pulverization of

surface material. Particles are lifted and dropped from the rolling wheels, and the road surface is exposed to strong

air currents in turbulent shear with the surface. The turbulent wake behind the vehicle continues to act on the road

surface after the vehicle has passed.

Emission from vehicular exhaust

The emission from vehicular exhaust is calculated based on vehicle engine capacity, type of fuel and fuel standards.

It is calculated for proposed number of vehicles moving on main site approach as well as connecting routes within

study area. The estimated pollution level from moving vehicles is being used to run line source model. This line

source model helps to find out possible increment in the pollution level due to increase number of vehicles.



Table 3-20: Estimation of Dust due to Vehicular Movement-Paved Road

Parameter PM2.5 R

ou

te

No

. o

f V

eh

icle

s

Re

turn

Tri

ps

on

Str

etc

h

To

tal

Tim

e

for

Ve

hic

ula

r

mo

ve

me

nt,

Hr

Nu

mb

er

of

Ve

hic

le p

er

Ho

ur

Le

ng

th o

f R

oa

d w

ith

in

stu

dy

are

a

Wid

th o

f R

oa

d,

m

Are

a o

f T

ruck

Mo

ve

me

nt

Sp

ee

d o

f V

eh

icle

Pa

rtic

le S

ize

M

ult

ipli

er

Ro

ad

S

urf

ace

Sil

t

Lo

ad

ing

(sL)

We

igh

t o

f T

ruck

(W

)

(s L

)^0

.91

(w)^

1.0

2

PM

Em

i.

Fa

cto

r (

E)

Em

issio

n f

or

to

tal

km

tra

ve

led

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Nos. Hourly Veh/Hr (km) (mtr) (mtr) (m2) (km/hr) (g/VKT) (g/m2) (Tons) (g/VKT) (g/Vtravel) gms/day gms/m2day gms/m2hr gms/m2s

80 20 4 5.0 5000 7.5 1125000 30 0.15 120 22 77.993 23.4 273.7 1368.9 109515.9 0.09 0.004 1.352E-06

Parameter PM10

Ro

ute

No

. o

f V

eh

icle

s

Re

turn

Tri

ps

on

Str

etc

h

To

tal

Tim

e

for

Ve

hic

ula

r

mo

ve

me

nt,

Hr

Nu

mb

er

of

Ve

hic

le p

er

Ho

ur

Le

ng

th o

f R

oa

d w

ith

in

stu

dy

are

a

Wid

th o

f R

oa

d,

m

Are

a o

f T

ruck

Mo

ve

me

nt

Sp

ee

d o

f V

eh

icle

Pa

rtic

le S

ize

M

ult

ipli

er

Ro

ad

S

urf

ace

Sil

t

Lo

ad

ing

(sL)

We

igh

t o

f T

ruck

(W

)

(s L

)^0

.91

(w)^

1.0

2

PM

Em

i.

Fa

cto

r (

E)

Em

issio

n f

or

to

tal

km

tra

ve

led

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Em

issio

n f

or

To

tal

Ve

hic

les

Nos. Hourly Veh/Hr (km) (mtr) (mtr) (m2) (km/hr) (g/VKT) (g/m2) (Tons) (g/VKT) (g/Vtravel) gms/day gms/m2day gms/m2hr gms/m2s

80 20 4 5.0 5000 7.5 1125000 30 0.62 120 22 77.993 23.4 1131.6 5658.3 452665.8 0.40 0.020 5.588E-06

Table 3-21: Estimation of Dust due to Vehicular Movement-Engine exhaust

Parameter PM

No

. o

f V

eh

icle

s

Re

turn

Tri

ps

on

Str

etc

h

To

tal

Tim

e o

f V

eh

icu

lar

mo

ve

me

nt,

H

r

Nu

mb

er

of

Ve

hic

les p

er

Ho

ur

Le

ng

th o

f R

oa

d w

ith

in

stu

dy

are

a

Wid

th o

f R

oa

d,

m

Are

a o

f T

ruck

Mo

ve

me

nt

Sp

ee

d o

f V

eh

icle

,

We

igh

t o

f T

ruck

(W

)

Ca

pa

cit

y o

f T

ruck

, K

W

PM

Em

issio

n

Fa

cto

r

PM

Em

issio

n

fro

m o

ne

tru

ck

PM

Em

issio

n

fro

m to

tal

tru

ck

s/

hr

PM

Em

issio

n

fro

m t

ruck

s

PM

Em

issio

n

fro

m t

ruck

s

km mtr mtr m2 km/hr Tons KW gm/kWhr gm/hr gm/hr gm/m2hr gm/m2s

PM

80 20 4 5.0 5000 6 900000 30 25 220 0.02 4.4 17.6 1.95556E-05 5.4321E-09

CO

80 20 4 5.0 5000 6 900000 30 25 220 1.5 330 1320 0.001466667 4.07407E-07

HC

80 20 4 5.0 5000 6 900000 30 25 220 0.46 101.2 404.8 0.000449778 1.24938E-07

NOx

80 20 4 5.0 5000 6 900000 30 25 220 3.5 770 3080 0.003422222 9.50617E-07




3.8 Surface Water Quality

There is no surface water available within 7 Km radius from the project site.

3.9 Noise Environment

This section presents the baseline condition of ambient noise quality to monitor the noise level at a particular site

for future assessment of noise quality during the various development activities.


The methodology for the assessment of the baseline noise quality includes identification of locations for monitoring

after field survey, monitoring of noise levels in the locations for particular time period and frequency and analysis of

results. The method for sampling analysis and testing is given in Table 3-22. Ambient air quality standards in

respect of noise for different area/zones is given in Table 3-23.

Table 3-22: Methodology of Sample Analysis and Testing

Env. Component

Sampling location

Sampling Frequency

Methodology

Sample collection Sampling

Parameter Sampling equipment

Detection Limit

Ambient Noise 4

Locations

Once during the study (Hourly

reading for 24 hours at each

location)

IS 9989 : 1981 Noise Level

Meter 0.1 dB (A)

Decibels –

dB (A)

Table 3-23: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of NOISE

Area Code

Category Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

The Noise Pollution (Regulation And Control) Rules, 2000

A Industrial 75.0 70.0

B Commercial 65.0 55.0

C Residential 55.0 45.0

D Silence 50.0 45.0

Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM

dB(A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.


The locations selected for ambient noise quality monitoring are presented in Table 3-24 and shown in Figure

3-1.

Table 3-24: Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Code

Noise Monitoring Locations

Category of Area / Zone

Distance between Nearest Boundaries w.r.t. Project Site in

Km

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

Lat/Long of noise monitoring location

NL01 Near Rishi Shipping Industrial 0.7 S 23° 1'14.27"N

70°13'8.38"E

NL02 South side from proposed project

boundary Industrial 0.3 S

23° 1'34.32"N

70°12'58.85"E

NL03 Near Oil Jetty Industrial 0.3 N 23° 1'52.69"N




Station Code

Noise Monitoring Locations

Category of Area / Zone

Distance between Nearest Boundaries w.r.t. Project Site in

Km

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

Lat/Long of noise monitoring location

70°13'13.14"E

NL04 New KPT Colony Residential 0.9 SW 23° 1'16.32"N

70°12'48.46"E

Photograph 5: Ambient Noise Monitoring

At Rishi Shipping South side from proposed project boundary

3.9.3 Key Findings

Locations for noise monitoring were identify by desktop study and fix the location during field survey at 1 km

maximum from the source of noise generation and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i.e. industrial

area. The average noise level are presented in Table 3-25.

Table 3-25: Average Ambient Noise Monitoring Results

Location Code

Location Date Category

CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Average Noise levels in dB (A)

Day Time

Night Time

Day Time

Night Time

NL01 Near Rishi Shipping 28.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.1 50.6

NL02 South side from proposed

project boundary 02.01.18 Industrial 75.0 70.0 55.1 45.1

NL03 Near Oil Jetty 21.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.2 59.9

NL04 New KPT Colony 30.12.18 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.8 46.7

Site Observations and Inference

Based on the noise monitoring carried out at 4 monitoring locations, following observations are made:

NL01 & NL02 - Near Rishi Shipping & South side from proposed project boundary: The site is

adjacent to Kandla Creek and surrounded by creek water and mud flat. Noise level results were observed

within the CPCB standards for Industrial area.

NL03 - Near Oil Jetty: This location is about 0.3 km north from project boundary and it is an Industrial area.

Noise level observed at this location were within the specified CPCB standards.

NL04 - Kandla Port Colony: This location is 0.9 Km in south-west direction from project site. It falls under

Residential Area where Noise results during Day time were observed within the CPCB standards and during

night time, it was slightly higher than the CPCB standards which are due to vehicular movements at Kandla

Port.

The ambient noise levels at all the locations are within the permissible limits for Industrial area but is slightly higher

during night in Residential area which is just due to the sound of sea waves and wind blowing through open areas.




3.10 Geology & Hydrogeology


The objective of work is as mentioned below:

Marking of tentative sampling location on Satellite Imagery within study area.

Field visit and identification, marking of actual sampling location points on Land Use Map

Collection of ground water samples

Well inventory

Analysis of the collected samples

Based on these objectives, filed visits and observations points, sampling locations have to be decided. But as per

the geological condition of the site, there is no groundwater available within 7 Km radius from the project and as

site is located very nearer to Kandla creek, water table is up.


Topography

The entire area is alluvial, with overall flat topography. This being the coastal area , the slope is gentle towards sea

i.e. SE. Due to proximity of the sea, despite the arid landscape, the temperature does not rise above 40º C or fall to

very low level. Scarce rainfall, poor soil conditions do not promote good vegetation.

3.10.3 Secondary Data Collection

Collection of maps and data

District Resource Map, (Survey of India)

CGWB reports

State Groundwater report

IMD data

Land-use maps

Google Earth and/or Topographic maps (drainage patterns, water bodies, topography, morphology and

vegetation cover)

The integrated study of above maps leads to identification of specific issues related to geology and its effect on

topography, morphology, drainage pattern and groundwater. It further gives an idea about water quality i.e.

soluble salts. It further explains relation between surface and ground water.

Based on these inferences field visit, observation points and sampling locations are decided and acted upon. In

some cases, non-invasive geophysical techniques are selected and data is correlated with surface features as well

as with project requirement.

Regional Geology of Kachchh District:

The region of Kutch in the north-eastern part of Gujarat State forms an independent geographical and geological

unit. The mainland of Kutch is isolated by the Great Rann on the north and east, Little Rann on the SE, Gulf of

Kutch on the south and rest by the Arabian Sea. The central portion of Kutch forms a table-land sloping on all

sides, the shape of the region is like a tortoise and hence the name. In general, there are three hill ranges, trending

almost east-west. North-flowing rivers disappear in the Rann; others join the sea. The trend of hill ranges in the

east-west direction with steep slopes in the north and gentle slopes to south owe their origin to faults running in

the east-west direction.

A general geology of the Kachchh District is provided in Table 3-26.




Table 3-26: General lithology found in the Kachchh District

Lithology Formation/Group Geological Age

Younger tidal flat and marsh deposits Mahuva formation

Holocene

Older tidal flats and marsh deposits Rann clay formation

Rann clay and mud deposits Rann formation

Younger flood plain, channel-fill and deltaic deposits Varahi formation

Older flood plain and channel-fill and deltaic deposits Katpur formation

Unstabilized sand sheet and sand dune deposits Jantral formation

Miliolite limestone, shell limestone, calcareous sandstone, pebbly limestone ad conglomerate

Miliolite formation/Porbander Group Lower Pleistocene

Pebbly Sanstone, conglomerate gravel and sand Kothara formation

Micaceous sanstone, mottled clay, siltstone, conglomerate and calcareous clay with marl

Sandhan formation Pliocene

Shale interbedded with fossiliferous marl Gaj formation Lower to Middle Miocene

Variegated siltstone and Gypseous claystone Khari Nadi formation Upper Oligocene to Lower

Miocene

Calcareous and Gypseous, claystone/siltstone, clay, coral limestone and sanstone

Maniyara formation Middle to Upper Oligocene

foraminiferal limestone, Glauconitic shale and clay Fulra formation Middle Eocene

Gypseous, lignite-bearing shale, fossiliferous nodular limestone and clay, ferruginous shale and clay with

intercalated marl Kakdi formation Lower Eocene

Laterite, sandstone, conglomerate and bentonitic and kaolinitic clay

Matonomadh formation Palaeocene

Andesitic trachyte

Deccan Volcanics Upper Cretaceous to Eocene

Olivine Gabbro

Basalt and dolerite dyke, plug and sill

Basalt flow with intertrappean sediments

Alkali gabbro, Alkali basalt

Glauconitic and Burrowed sandstone, siltstone, shale, limestone, marl, conglomerate, ironstone and clay with

marine and plant fossil Bhuj formation Cretaceous

Shale, fossiliferous sandstone, marl and conglomerate Katrol formation Upper Jurassic to Lower

Cretaceous

Gypseous shale, siltstone and conglomerate with Phosphatic nodule, oolitic Limestone

Chari formation Middle to upper Jurassic

Gypseous shale, siltstone, limestone, sandstone and conglomerate

Pachchham formation Middle Jurassic

Source: District Resource Map of Kutch District published by Geological Society of India

Seismicity in the Study Area

This area falls under seismic zone V and thus this area is active. The seismic coefficient need to be incorporated in

design. The project will be founded in mudflats which is likely to behave akin to liquefaction when subjected to

seismic wave. Seismic Zonation shown in Figure 3-4.




Figure 3-4: Seismic Map of Gujarat

Source: Seismic Map of Gujarat (Institute of Seismological Research, Govt. of Gujarat)

Zone II: Low Damage Zone, Zone III: Moderate Zone, Zone IV: High Risk Zone, Zone V: Very High Risk Zone

3.10.4 Key Findings

Field Observations

Geologically the area is covered by recent younger mud flat deposits of marine origin of Holocene age composed of

clay, silt and very fine sand. Study area is predominantly covered with fine to medium grained calcareous sandy

loam as top soil with underlying compacted dense sand and clay with strong salinity.

The Groundwater is occurring under perched, unconfined and semi confined condition with low yield and having

poor hydraulic characteristics. Permeability of the aquifer is also poor. The Groundwater quality is highly saline and

is mainly used for salt pan purposes.

3.11 Soil Conservation

General Study Methodology

The project area falls under North West Agro-climatic Zone (GJ-5) and Agro-ecological region-3.The annual average

rain fall is 353 mm. The soils are black (53.8 %), sandy loam (41.6 %), hydromorphic (4.5 %). The soils belongs to

the greater group Ustipsamments and in the sub group Typic Ustifluvents of order Entisols. The soils are having

sandy loam to clay loam texture, poor in organic carbon, available phosphorous, but rich in available potassium.

The soils are saline (EC > 2 dS/m). The soil depth is > 100 cm, having high porosity, permeability and water

holding capacity in coarser texture soils, but reverse is true for finer texture soils. The main source of irrigation is

open wells (56.9 %) and bore wells (4.4 %) as well as estimated area under Narmada command would be 38.7 %.

The cropping intensity of the area is 107%. However, in the project area availability of ground water is practically

nil as ground waters are saline & alkaline, hence farmers use harvested rain water in ponds or rivers and grow

cluster bean, moong, sorghum etc.




Sample/Analysis Methodology

Sampling Methodology

The locations for soil sample collection were selected covering the project site as well as from the surrounding

areas namely Soil-01 to Soil-03 during monitoring period. The soil samples from 0-15 cm depth were collected by

using spade and pawada. The samples were homogenized and about 1 Kg soil sample was collected in the

polyethylene bag, labelled with sample ID which includes site numbers and project name. The samples were

brought to the laboratory for analysis of physical (porosity, water holding capacity, permeability and particle size

distribution) and chemical properties (cation exchange, electrical conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg,

Na, K).

Table 3-27: Analysis Methodology

Sampling Parameters

Sample Collection

Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks

Porosity

Manual sample collection using hammer and

container tube for collecting

undisturbed top soil.

- IS: 2720 Part 7

Trial pit method for topsoil sample

collection; disturbed samples

Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size Distribution

Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4

- Cation Exchange

Capacity Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976)

SAR F. Photometer (Na, K), Titration ( Ca & Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B 5% Leachate to be made and analyzed as per APHA, “Standard

Methods”. All method numbers

are as per APHA “Standard Methods” (23rd edition, 2017)

Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B

Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B

Organic Carbon Volumetric method IS: 2720-22 (1972) Jackson (1973)

Available Phosphorus Spectro photometric

method Extraction with 0.5M

NaHCO3 pH 8.5 Olson et al (1954)

Available potassium F. Photometric method

Neutral Normal Ammonium Acetate

(NH4OAc)

Jackson (1973)

Secondary Data Collection

Soil analysis results reviewed from other EIA reports prepared for Kandla port Trust.

Primary Data Collection

Table 3-28: Soil Sampling Locations

Sr. No.

Sampling location Coordinates Distance from Project

Site in Km Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

ST1 Nr. Ahir Salt 23° 02' 11.34" N

70° 12' 37.29" E 1.3 NW

ST2 At Site 23° 01' 39.46" N

70° 13' 10.83" E 0.0 Base

ST3 New KPT Colony 23° 01' 20.66" N 0.9 SW




Sr. No.

Sampling location Coordinates Distance from Project

Site in Km Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

70° 12' 41.74" E

ST4 Rishi Shipping 23° 01' 15.04" N

70° 13' 8.74" E 0.7 S

Sampling Photographs are given in Photograph 6

Photograph 6: Soil Sampling Photographs

At Site Kandla Port Colony

Key Findings

Analysis Results are given in Table 3-29.

Table 3-29: Soil Analysis Results

Sr. No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

1 porosity % 48 49 50 51

2 Water Holding Capacity % 30.20 20.80 42.50 36.80

3 Permeability mm/hr 26.6 25.3 23.9 21.9

4 Particle Size Distribution -

a Sand % 72.8 59.8 56.8 55.8

b Silt % 13.7 20.7 16.7 20.7

c Clay % 13.4 19.4 26.4 23.4

6 Texture - Sandy loam Sandy clay loam Sandy clay loam Sandy clay loam

7 Cation Exchange

Capacity meq/100gm 13.20 18.60 22.20 21.50

8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 4.200 0.789 36.200 8.100

9 Exchangeable Sodium % 1.14 <0.01 0.84 1.01

10 pH 7.15 7.13 6.54 7.03

11 Calcium gm/kg 1.57 1.11 4.23 1.64

12 Magnesium gm/kg <0.04 0.54 4.77 1.83

13 Sodium gm/kg 1.04 0.26 2.56 1.72

14 Potassium gm/kg 0.20 0.34 0.52 0.60

Soil Analysis Results

The soil samples collected from the project site and surrounding areas were assessed for physico-chemical

properties. The porosity ranged from 48 - 51 % and WHC varied 20.80 – 42.50 %, while permeability was in the

range of 21.9 – 26.6 mm/hr mainly due sandy loam to sandy clay loam texture of soils. The soil salinity varied from

0.789 - 36.200 dS/m, indicating that soils are non-saline (EC<0.8 dS/m) to highly saline (EC >4.0 dS/m mainly due

to proximity of sea and flooding of the area during high tide. The ESP varied from <0.01 – 161.4, which also

indicate that soils are non-sodic as ESP>15. The soil pH ranged from 6.54 –7.15, which is indicative of normal (pH




> 8.5) soils mainly due to predominance of Ca (1.11 – 4.23 gm/kg) followed by Mg (0.04 – 4.77 gm/kg), sodium

(0.26 –2.56 gm/kg) and K (0.0.20 – 0.60 gm/kg).

Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for Port Based Multiproduct SEZ at Kandla Port,

Kutch District, Gujarat By Kandla Port Trust Part-I Terrestrial EIA & EMP Gujarat Institute of Desert Ecology, Bhuj ,

Gujarat Submitted in March 2015 showed that pH values of the study area in post- and pre-monsoon periods

during 2010 were found to be in the range of 7.8 to 9.21 and 7.92 to 9.12, respectively, showing alkaline nature of

soil. There was no marked change in pH from pre-monsoon to post-monsoon period. The electrical conductivity in

post- and pre-monsoon periods was in the range of 0.06 to 41 and 2.66 to 16.22dS/m, respectively, showing an

increase in soil salinity in pre-monsoon period. The soil texture was sandy in majority of the area. Total soil organic

carbon values in post- and pre-monsoon period were in the range of 0.03 to 0.11 and 0.2 to 4.5%, respectively.

Indicating very low organic carbon in post monsoon and soils were very rich in carbon status in pre-monsoon.

(Report of NIO Regional Centre, Mumbai, Gujarat Institute of Desert Ecology, March 2015.

Interpretation

The overall soil quality indicates that soils are saline due to proximity of sea, but non sodic as ESP was < 15 mainly

due to predominance of calcium followed by magnesium cations. For successful raising of landscape/greenbelt,

application of liberal quantity of organic manure (> 50 tons/ha is recommended, besides normal dose of fertilizers

for green belt. To control the salinity, drainage should be provided in the area where green belt is to be developed.

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity

3.12.1 Introduction

Natural flora and fauna are important features of the environment. They are organized into natural communities

and are sensitive to outside influences. Integrating ecological thinking into the planning process is urgent need in

the context of deterioration of natural environments, which is unwanted but direct consequence of development.

Biological communities, being dependent on the condition and resources of its location may change if there is

change in the environment. Hence change in the status of flora fauna are an elementary requirement of

Environment Impact Assessment Studies, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and

biodiversity. Information on flora fauna was collected within the study area.

Study of biological environment is one of the most important components for Environmental Impact Assessment, in

view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-

relationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic

components comprise of both plant and animal communities which interact not only within and between themselves

but also with the abiotic components viz. Physical and chemical components of the environment.

3.12.2 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment

Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at Curitiba, Brazil on March 20th - 31st,

2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact assessment by providing voluntary guidelines on

biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment. CBD provides a strong international platform for applying

impact assessment techniques to biodiversity conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to

ensure that biodiversity is addressed in projects, plan and policy decision. An underlying justification for the

application of impact assessment is also given in Article - 8 which is for promoting the protection of ecosystems,

natural habitats, promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in areas next to the protected

areas.




3.12.3 Biological Diversity

The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity or Bio diversity.

Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few years. Technically, it is a contraction

of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article 2. Use of Terms), 'Biological Diversity' is "the variability

among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and

the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of

ecosystems".

The biodiversity, we see today is the result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural processes. The vast

array of interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all species,

including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological diversity is a global asset of tremendous value to

present and future generations. At the same time, the threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as

it is today. Species extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting biodiversity is

for our self-interest and also for the future generation.

3.12.4 Period of the Study and Study Area

The baseline study was conducted for the evaluation of floral and faunal biodiversity of the terrestrial and marine

environment and mangrove environment within 7 Km radius from the proposed project in the Kandla, Kachchh

district during 7th December to 9th December 2017.

Delineation of the Study Area

Project Site / Core Zone and Buffer Zone

Project site as a core zone and surrounding 7 km. radius considered as a buffer zone for study.

Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area

Table 3-30: Sensitivity/Habitats of the Study Area

S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features

Name of feature / Location

Distance (km)

Direction Reason of Significance

1 Ramsar wetland (Ramsar

Convention) No -- -- --

2 Wetlands as per National

Wetlands Atlas No -- -- --

3 National park No -- -- --

4 Wildlife sanctuary No -- -- --

5 Tiger reserve No -- -- --

6 Biosphere reserve No -- -- --

7 Elephant reserve No -- -- --

8 Important Bird Areas

(IBAs) No -- -- --

9 Eco-sensitive zone (EP

Act) No -- -- --

10

Forest (Forest Conservation Act)

(including protected forests and reserved

forests)

No -- -- --

11 Wildlife corridor No -- -- --

12 Coastal zones Yes Adjacent to

Site

Kandla creek is adjacent to site and CRZ, 2011 is applicable




13

Areas used by protected, important or sensitive

species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration

No -- -- --

14 Endemic species, if any No -- -- --

15 Mangroves Yes ~ .19 km. S

Sparse mangrove species, dominated by Avicenia marina were planted by Kandla Port Trust. Other mangroves swamp are

present in and around Kandla creek within 7 km radius. Detailed mangrove survey is

explained in report.

Rivers/ Water Bodies

Table 3-31: Details of Water Bodies in the Buffer Zone

River/Bandhara Distance from Project Site Direction

Sonu Creek 9.60 NNE

Sara Creek 8.60 NNE

Phang Creek 7.40 NE

Methodology

The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the study area. The

sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats within the 10 km radius from

the project location. The methodology adopted for faunal survey involve; faunal habitat assessment, random

intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for

scats and foot prints and review of previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify

trends after the commencement of expansion activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic,

migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to

identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by

IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of individual species was assessed using the

revised IUCN category system.

3.12.5 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment

Floral Diversity of the Study Area

Structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The climatic, edaphic

and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these

variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The following account of floral

inventory is based on the field survey conducted for a short duration in the December 2017, is not very

comprehensive and is aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region during the study period as a

baseline data. Listing of the endangered, threatened and endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the

attention to the occurrence of such species, would aid in creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole

to protect such species from extinction, and to take necessary measures for their conservation. This type of floristic

study is an inventory for such purpose and hence a necessity. The dominant tree species, herbs, shrubs and major

crops, were documented during this base line study.

The study area comes under Biogeographic zone 3 - The Indian desert and in biotic province - 3B 1 Kachchh

plateau. Topography of the region was characterized by dominating barren land covered with dense scrub

dominated by Prosopis juliflora, fallow land and very few agricultural fields. Tree cover was very less restricted to

road side plantation and along the boundary of the agricultural fields. Terrain is almost plain without much

undulation.




One non- perennial river, “Khari Nadi” is joining the Gulf of Kachchh near Bhadresar village. During the study period

river bank was almost dry with limited pools of water resulted due to the tidal incursion. A vast scrub jungle of

Prosopis Juliflora was observed along the both banks of Khari Nadi.

Along the coastline also vast Prosopis sp. dominated thick patch of scrub land was observed. Other dominant land

use was saltpans and monsoon depended agriculture fields, habitations are scattered and distinctly placed, with

agriculture land and barren lands.

The list of floral species is prepared based on visual observation during site visit and through review of site

literatures and secondary data available with various government offices is referred for identifying rare or

endangered species in the region.

The vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali Babul) is observed to be

dominant in the study area. No forest land comes under study area. The vegetation type is subtropical coastal

thorny scrub jungles with trees predominantly moist deciduous type but rarely evergreen. The natural vegetation is

scarce, scattered and open. In all other areas, the trees are dominated by Acacia nilotica and Prosopis juliflora

along with wide variety of herb and shrub species. It is being used by villagers as firewood.

The coastal bed confined to seashores has mangrove ecosystem where mangrove forest with Avicenia and

Rhizophora species found on the seaward side. Density in these areas varies from open forest to dense.

A total of 30 plant species are observed in the study area comprising of which 18 species of trees and shrubs, 4

species of Climbers, 6 species of grasses and 2 species of mangroves. Details pertaining to flora observed in the

study area have been collected from District Forest Department, District Gazetteer and Field Observation is

presented in Table 3-32.

Table 3-32: List of Floral species in Study Area

Sr. No. Scientific Name Local Name Status

TREES AND SHRUBS

1. Tamarindus indica Amli C

2. Cassia auriculata Aval C

3. Acacia nilotica Baval C

4. Zizyphus sp. Bor C

5. Acacia planifrons Chatri Baval C

6. Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval

7. Cordia dichotoma Gundi C

8. Balanites aegyptica Ingori C

9. Euphorbia nivulia Kanthoro Thor C

10. Capparis aphylla Kerdo

11. Prosopis cineraria Khijado C

12. Azadirachta indica Limdo C

13. Calotropis gigantia Moto Akdo C

14 Moringa oleifera Sargawo C

15. Ficus benghalensis Vad C

16. Sygygium cumunii Jambu C

17. Cassia fistula Garmalo C

18. Cocos nucifera Coconut C

CLIMBER

1. Bongainvillea spectabilis Bougainvel C

2. Cuscuta reflexa Amarvel C

3. Tinospora cordifolia Galo C

4. Celastrus paniculata Malkankan C




Sr. No. Scientific Name Local Name Status

GRASSES

1. Sorghum halepense Baru C

2. Cynodon dactylon Daro C

3. Cymbopogon jwarancusa Gandharu C

4. Dichanthium annulatum Jinjavo C

5. Apluda mutica Bhangoru C

6. Themeda cymbaria Ratad C

MANGROVES

1. Avicennia marina Cher C

2. Rhizophora mucronata Karod C

C: Common

Cultivated Plants in the Study Area

The agricultural practices are very less in and around study area. Major crops in the study area are cotton and

vegetables.

Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area

Among the enumerated flora in the study area, no endangered or rare flora was observed.

Endemic flora in the Study Area

There is no endemic plant observed in the study area.

Status of Forest and their category in the Study Area

There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including national park, sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves

existing in the study area covering 7 km radial distance.

Faunal Diversity in Study Area

For the documentation of the faunal diversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles and mammals species,

a baseline survey was conducted in December, 2017. A faunal enlisting of mammals, reptiles and birds with their

scientific names, common names and the schedule (As per Wild Life Protection Act, 1972) to which they belong is

presented in below table.

During the study period, faunal species except birds were not observed. However, bird species were visually

observed and recorded. Cattle Egret, Red wattled lapwings, Sandpiper were common in most habitats. Migratory

birds such as flamingo, pelican etc. are known to use the area. Common peafowl was reported by people.

Birds of the Study Area

List of bird species in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in Table 3-33.

Table 3-33: List of Birds in Study Area

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name Conservation Status as

per IWPA -1972 (Schedule I -VI)

Conservation Status as per IUCN

1. Pondiceps ruficolis Little Grebe Schedule -IV Least Concern

2. Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Schedule -IV Least Concern

3. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret Schedule -IV Least Concern

4. Platalea leucorodia Spoonbill Schedule -IV Least Concern




5. Anas crecca Common Teal Schedule -IV Least Concern

6. Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Schedule -IV Least Concern

7. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Partridge Schedule -IV Least Concern

8. Vanellus indicus Red wattled Lapwing Schedule -IV Least Concern

9. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Schedule -IV Least Concern

10. Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Schedule -IV Least Concern

11. Stroptopelia senegalensis Little Brown Dove Schedule -IV Least Concern

12. Eudymamys scolopacea Koel Schedule -IV Least Concern

13. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed

parakeet Schedule - V Least Concern

14. Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian

Nightjar Schedule -IV Least Concern

15. Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Schedule -IV Least Concern

16. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Schedule -IV Least Concern

17. Lanius excubitor Grey Shrike Schedule -IV Least Concern

18. Upupa epops Hoopoe Schedule -IV Least Concern

19. Dicrurus adsimmlis Black Drongo Schedule -IV Least Concern

20. Acridotheres ginginianus Common Myna Schedule -IV Least Concern

21. Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul Schedule -IV Least Concern

22. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Schedule -IV Least Concern

23. Turdoides sp. Bulbul Schedule -IV Least Concern

24. Lonchura sp. Munia Schedule -IV Least Concern

25. Passer domesticus House Sparrow Schedule -IV Least Concern

Reptiles

Documented reptiles in this region are given in Table 3-34.

Table 3-34: List of Reptiles in Study Area

S. No.

Name of Species Conservation Status

Common Name Scientific name IWPA -1972

(Schedule I - VI) IUCN

1 Indian Cobra Naja naja* II Least Concerned

2 Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor (Daudin) IV Least Concerned

3 File Snake Acrochordus granulates IV Least Concerned

4 Indian Chameleon Champacuon zeylanicus IV Least Concerned

5 Cheakered keelback Natrix piscator IV Least Concerned

= Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction with them with pictorial presentation

Mammals

The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones, in the study area are documented in Table 3-35.

Table 3-35: List of Mammals in study area

S. No Common Name Scientific name Local Status IWPA -1972 (Schedule I -

VI)

1 Indian field mouse Mus booduga (Gray) Abundant V

2 Wild Boar Sus Scrofa Abundant III

3 Five striped Palm

squirrel

Funambulus pennanti

(Wroughton) Common IV

4 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas) Abundant III




5 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy) Common II

6 Jackal Canis aureus (Linnaeus) Common II

Endemic Fauna of the Study area

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.

Scheduled Fauna of the study area

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild

animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to

ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.

Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in

different schedules.

None of the reported animals are fall in Schedule I. Among reptile only Indian Cobra (Naja naja) are provided

protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972) which was reported in the study area.

Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) and Jackal (Canis aureus) are schedule - II animals.

Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is protected as Schedule-III animal as per Wild Life Protection act 1972.

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMICS

3.13.1 Methodology

The study was conducted for various socio-economic components in respect of demographic structure,

infrastructure, health & economic status, religious/cultural attributes and awareness or opinion of the people about

the Project. This field survey was carried out within the aerial distance of 7 KM from the proposed site. The Primary

data was generated through site observation and focus group discussion in villages in accordance with Census

records, Official Documents, Socio-economic Review 2010-2011 reports etc.

The basic amenities have been abstracted from Census 2011 of Gujarat State, obtained from Office of Registrar

General India, New Delhi. The field survey was conducted in the villages coming under the study area to make

people aware about the upcoming of project. The opinion was collected from the village Sarpanch/Mukhia/ elderly

of each village. For an elaborate study in this area, various interview techniques and focused group discussions

were conducted for the socio-economic survey. The Key informants were identified from the villages in the study

area and relevant information about the village, the project and project proponent were gathered.

3.13.2 Social Profile

Population Distribution

The statistics regarding the human population and the number of dwelling units of villages in the study area as

given in Error! Reference source not found. indicates that there are only 2 habitation/settlements/villages in

the study area and the rest of the area salt waste land. This information is used from the Census of India, 2011.

But on site survey, it was found that there are many illegally constructed houses in and around the proposed site in

a scattered way. These houses belong to people of the Maachhi (fisherman) community who earn their livelihood

by fishing. There are also people who have settled here due to the availability of employment opportunities in the

nearby salt pans and other allied factories.

Table 3-36: List of Villages, Population and Households in the Study Area

Sr. No. District Sub- district Distance (Kms) Habitation HH Population

1 Kutch Gandhidham 0 - 7 kms Kandla (CT) 3,574 15,782




Sr. No. District Sub- district Distance (Kms) Habitation HH Population

2 Kutch Gandhidham 0 - 7 kms Khari Rohar - -

Sub Total 3,574 15,782

Grand Total 3,574 15,782

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

As per 2011 India census, Kandla (CT) had a population of 15,782 with households of 3,574 in the demarcated

study area i.e. 0-7 kms. The Kutch district had total population of 2,090,313 of which male and female are

1,096,343 and 993,970 respectively. With regards to Sex Ratio in Kutch, it stood at 942 per 1000 male. The

average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011.

Table 3-37: Male – Female Population and Households in the Study Area

Distance 2011

Sex Ratio Male Female

0 - 7 kms 9,028 6,754 748

Total 9,028 6,754 748


The above information has been derived from the Primary Census Abstract, 2011, which shows that the total

population in the study area was 15,782 of which males were 9.028 and females were 6,754 with sex ratio of 748

per 1000 males.

Table 3-38: SC/ ST Population in the Study Area

Distance

2011

% SC % ST

Total Male Female Total Male Female

0 - 3 kms 2.71 63.55 57.35 2.63 56.87 43.13

Total 2.71 63.55 57.35 2.63 56.87 43.13


According to the Census of India 2011, the study area has 2.71% SC population and 2.63% ST population. Male SC

population is 63.55% and female SC population is 57.35%. Male ST Population is 56.87% and female ST population

is 43.13% in the study area.

Social Characteristics

Kachchh, located on the western-most tip of India, is the geographically largest district in India. The district has 10

talukas, of which the major ones are Bhuj (district headquarter), Anjar, Mandvi, Mundra and Gandhidham. The

entire district is inhabited by various groups and communities. Many of these have reached this region after

centuries of migration from neighbouring regions of Marwar, Sindh, Afghanistan. Gandhidham is a Taluka in the

Kachchh District of Gujarat State of India. The town was created in the early 1950s for the resettlement of the

refugees from Sindh of Pakistan in the aftermath of the partition of India. In recent history Gandhidham is a fast

developing city in Gujarat state. Even today, one can find various nomadic, semi nomadic and artisan groups living

in Kachchh. The various caste of people residing in the study area are Ahir, Rabari, Gadhvi, Harijan, etc. The area is

also partly dominated by Muslims.

Educational Facilities

The entire study area has only 1 Government Primary School. There is a school on the Kandla Port Trust Land

named ‘Shree United Salt Prathmik Shaala’ which is not included in the Census Data.




Shree United Salt Prathmik Shaala

Anganwadis and Primary schools are present outside of the study area. Gandhidham city has several schools

providing high school education. The first English Medium School in the city is Modern School. The Schools in the

area include D.A.V. Public School,"Bachpan Pre-School", P.N. Amersey High School, Small Wonder School, Delhi

Public School, Ananda Marga Primary school in Sector-7 and Ananda Marga High School in DC-2, Rambaug road

(English Medium),the other schools are Mount Carmel High School,Kakubhai Parikh School(K.P.S), Saint Xaviers at

Adipur, Kendriya Vidyalaya at IFFCO colony, Kendriya Vidyalaya at Railway colony, Aum Vidiya Mandir at IFFCO

colony, Sadhu Vaswani International School and Amarchand Singhvi School and "Hindi Medium" Schools are Dr.

C.G. High School and Adarsh Mahavidhyalaya situated in the heart of the city.

The colleges for graduation and higher studies are Tolani College of Science & Arts, Tolani Commerce College and

Diploma in Engineering, Management Institute situated nearby in Adipur.

The percentage of literacy rate in the study area is enumerated in the undermentioned table.

Table 3-39: Literacy rates in the Study Area

Distance

2011

% Literacy

Total Male Female

0 - 7 kms 43.57 52.85 31.18

Total 43.57 52.85 31.18


According to the Primary Census Abstract 2011, the study area has an average literacy of 43.57% of which male

literacy is 52.85% and female literacy is 31.18%. According to the census data 2011, the entire district had an

average literacy rate of 71.58%; male literacy was 80.60% and female literacy was 61.62%.

Health Facilities

The average Life Expectancy of the people in Gandhidham Taluka is 70-80 years. The morbidity rate is low and

people don’t fall sick quite often. The most common disease spread in the entire study area is Malaria affecting a

large number of people. Some other diseases predominantly found in the area are Cancer, Skin Diseases, Typhoid

and Problem of Stones in stomach/ kidney, etc.

Most of the households in the study area lack proper sanitation facilities. Only few houses in the villages have

privately constructed toilet blocks. Others do not have such facility. There is a dearth of a collective toilet blocks

(Sulabh Shauchalaya) in the villages which causes a threat to the hygiene conditions of the people.




Drinking Water Facilities

Most of the human settlements/habitation/villages are provided with water through the Private Water Tankers.

These tankers are brought from Anjar or Bhuj. Few villages outside the study area get water from the Narmada

Canal.

Social Welfare

Anganwadi Workers (AWWs) and Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) are present in all the villages and work

actively for Women and Child development. While the Anganwadi Workers work in the areas of pre-natal and

neonatal care, immunization and vaccination of children up to 6 years, and implementing the Integrated Child

Development Scheme (ICDS); the Accredited Social Health Activists work specifically in the areas of female health,

maternal mortality and promotion of institutional deliveries, encouraging for “family planning”, improving village

sanitation, maintaining demographic records of the village etc.

3.13.3 Economic Profile

Agriculture and allied sectors

Major Crops being produced in the outside the study area are Oil seed, Bajra, Jowar, Cotton, Pulses, Date Palms

and Egg-Plant. Among various Oilseeds groundnut, castor seeds, rape and mustard seeds are the most important

crops. Kachchh is an important producer of psyllium (Isabgul), cumin and coriander. The main market for selling

the crops is Anjar.

Industries/Factories

Kachchh has re-emerged from the ruins of one of the most disastrous earthquakes in the history that took place in

January 2001 and today has become a major industrial hub. Over 60% of total salt production is contributed by the

district. The district also has large reserves of limestone, bauxite, lignite and bentonite, and is one of the preferred

destinations for most of the mineral based industries. It boasts of being the world’s largest manufacturer of

Submerged Arc Welded (SAW) pipes. A good number of medium /large scale industries are supported by a sizeable

number of small scale industries. Due to presence of two important ports, Kandla and Mundra, the district accounts

for a very high cargo movement. Kachchh is also known for handicrafts. Out of total 136 industrial cooperative

societies, 71 belong to handicrafts. Palaces, temples, fairs and festivals of Kachchh attracts a large number of

tourists in the district.

Photograph 7: Industries in the study area

Indian Farmers fertilizers Corporation Ltd. Friends Salt & Allied Products Pvt. Ltd.

Madhapar village in Kachchh which is outside of the study area is considered to be Asia's richest village due to

foreign remittances by NRIs in Africa, the Gulf countries, UK and the USA.




Animal Husbandry

The most common animals found for livestock rearing are cows, buffaloes, goats and sheep.

Photograph 8: Animal Husbandry in the study area

Animal Husbandry in the study area

Employment Generation

People residing in the study area mostly depend on the various factories for their livelihood. Many people of the

study area are employed into private sector firms established in the vicinity of their residence. They work mostly at

the shop floor level where actual manpower is required. Some people also work as daily wage labourers in skilled

and unskilled sectors.

Table 3-40: Occupational Pattern of the Study area

Distance

% Occupational Status (2011)

Total Working Population

Cultivators Agricultural

Labor Household Workers

Others Marginal Workers

0- 7 kms 39.73 0.10 0.24 0.33 92.63 6.70

Total 39.73 0.10 0.24 0.33 92.63 6.70


Infrastructure and Accessibility of Roads and Means of Transportation

The National Highway 8A connects Kachchh with Ahmedabad, Vadodara, Rajkot and Surat. Bhuj is connected with

Kandla by a State Highway via Anjar. The Gandhidham Railway Station is the only railway service in the study area.

It is not depicted in the Primary Census Abstract because Gandhidham falls under the urban city limits and so is not

considered in rural amenities.

Mumbai is connected with Bhuj by broad gauge stations. Mundra and Kandla ports are linked by broad gauge rail to

the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor. Bhuj-Gandhidham-Kandla-Ahmedabad broad gauge line provide direct

connectivity from Kachchh to other parts of country.

Bhuj has the only operational airport in Kachchh. Kandla, Mandvi Mundra air strips are under development.

Mundra Port Project has just established the longest non - government railway line, between Adipur and Mundra,

covering a distance of 57 km. This port is connected to Gandhidham by National Highway and a broad gauge

railway line. Other ports in the district include Kandla and Mandvi.

Availability of Power Supply

The Government Power supply (PGVCL) is easily available to all the houses of all the villages of the study area. The

district owns also Lignite Power Stations located in Panandhro city. It also has 42 sub stations installed with a




capacity of 215 Mega Watt (MW). Wind power has a great potential in the district. A few of the wind power projects

proposed in Kachchh are:

250 MW project by NEG Micon

500 MW project by Suzlon Energy (to manufacture tubular tower in the region)

Means of Communication

The study area is well equipped with the communication facilities. There is 1 Post Office in the study area. And

many Telephonic Connections, however, with the latest technology is on the rise, the most common medium of

communication is the mobile phone. It is owned by almost the entire population of the study area. The fixed land-

lines have almost come to the threshold of extinction. Apart from mobile phones, television sets are also an

important part of the lives of the people in the study area.

Availability of Banking Facilities

There are branches of many nationalized banks like State Bank of India, Bank of Baroda, Dena Bank etc. present in

and outside study area which is an advantage to the people. Other players in the banking service with their facilities

in the study area are ICICI Bank, Axis Bank, HDFC, etc. Easily accessible Automated Teller Machines (ATMs) of

these banks are also located here which benefits the locals and outsiders too.

3.13.4 Cultural Profile

Lifestyle

Gandhidham is inhabited by various groups and communities. Many of these have reached this region after

centuries of migration from neighbouring regions of Marwar, Sindh, Afghanistan and further. Even today, one can

find various nomadic, semi nomadic and artisan groups living in Kachchh. The language spoken in Kachchh

predominantly is Kachchhi language, to a lesser extent Gujarati, Sindhi, and Hindi. The district's population mostly

follows Hinduism. The remaining population adhere mostly to Jainism and Islam. There are also some Sikhs and

a Gurudwara situated in Kachchh at Lakhpat. The Swaminarayan Sampraday has a huge followers in this region.

The main temple in this district is Shri Swaminarayan Mandir, Bhuj.

Photograph 9 : Place of Religious Importance in the study area

Hindu Temple, Mithi Rohar Hanuman Temple, Gandhidham

The majority of the population is vegetarian. Jains and some other caste practice strict vegetarianism. Jains also

refrain from eating kandmool food grown below the ground such as potatoes, garlic, onion, suran,

etc. Hindus practice various degree of vegetarianism but certainly do not eat beef.

In the villages, staple foods include bajra and milk; bajara na rotla with curd and butter milk is very common food

for all the Gujarati people. Bajra was introduced by a brave king of this region named Lakho Fulani. During his

period of exile, he came to know about this grain in some tribal regions. They also extensively




drink buttermilk during lunch. Milk is considered to be sacred food and offering it to somebody is considered a

gesture of friendship and welcoming.

Tea is the most popular drink in this region and is enjoyed irrespective of sex, caste, religion or social status. Tea

Stalls where groups of people chat over tea are invariable sights of every village or town entrance from early

morning to late evening.

3.14 Marine Environment

3.14.1 Water

Methodology Adopted

Kadam Environmental Consultants has collected marine water samples and carried out their analysis in KEC

laboratory to assess quality of water within 7 km radius of the project site. Marine water for all parameters was

collected using a clean bucket and for bottom water a Niskin sub sampler (Partex model-2.5 litre capacity) with self-

closing mechanism was used.

Analysis Method Adopted

The samples were further analysed as per the APHA Standard Methods (23rd Edition). Table 3-41 below describes

analytical methodology for parameters to be analysed and with minimum detection limit of the instruments

available at KEC laboratory.

Table 3-41: Analysis Methods Adopted for Water Samples

S. No. Parameters Methodology

1. pH APHA: 4500-H+ B (23rd Edition), Electrometric method

2. Temperature APHA: 2550 B (23rd Edition), Standard Thermometer

3. Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (23rd Edition), Nephelometric Method

4. Salinity APHA: 2520 B (23rd Edition), Electrical Conductivity method

5. SS APHA: 2540 D (23rd Edition)

6. Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500 O-C (23rd Edition), Iodometric method

7. BOD IS: 3025 (part-44):1993 (RA 2014) Iodometric

8. Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34) 1988 (RA 2014), 3.3 colorimetric method

9. Ammonical Nitrogen IS:3025 (part-34), 1988 (RA 2014), Distillation & colorimetric

10. Nitrite IS:3025 (part-34), 1988 (RA 2014),

11. Dissolved Phosphate APHA:4500 P -C (23rd Edition)

12. Phenol APHA: 5530-D (23rd Edition), Direct photometric Method

13. Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3111-B (23rd Edition) AAS

14. Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3111-B (23rd Edition) AAS

15. Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B (23rd Edition), Phenanthroline method/APHA: 3111-B (23rd

Edition) AAS

16. Manganese (as Mn) APHA: 3500-Mn-B (23rd Edition) Persulphate method/ APHA: 3111-B

(23rd Edition) AAS

17. Copper (as Cu) APHA: 3111- B (23rd Edition) AAS

18. Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3111-B (23rd Edition) AAS


Estuary water samples were collected during the Baseline study period. The details of water sampling, analysis

results and observations of baseline water quality is given in further details.




Details of Water Sampling Locations

Estuary water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan and nearby site habitation village

/locations in 7 km radius of project.

The details of Estuary/Marine water sampling locations are presented in below table:

Table 3-42: Details of Marine Water Sampling Locations

Quality of Marine Water

Analytical results of the Marine water samples are presented in Table 3-43 & Table 3-44.

Code Source Date of Sampling Latitude Longitude

SW 1 Marine/ Estuary Water 07.12.2017 23° 02' 52.92" N 70° 13' 6.61" E












Table 3-43: Marine Water Results – During High Tide

S. No.

Parameters Unit

Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls

Surface Water Quality

Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4 Station 5 Station 6 Station 7 Station 8 Station 9 Station 10

SW 1 BW 1 SW 2 BW 2 SW3 BW3 SW 4 BW 4 SW 5 BW 5 SW 6 BW 6 SW 7

BW 7 SW 8 BW 8 SW 9 BW 9 SW 10

BW 10

SW-I SW-II

SW-III

SW-IV

SW-V

7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

6.0 to 9.0

6.0 to 9.0

8.1 8.06 7.99 8.0 8.05 8.25 7.92 8.08 7.89 7.98 7.96 8.13 7.5 7.8 8.10 8.19 8.16 8.27 7.8 7.5

2 Temperature °C - - - - - 26.5 26.5 27.9 27.1 27.5 26.9 27.1 26.5 27.5 26.6 27.3 26.5 27 27 26.9 26.9 27.2 26.3 26.5 26.8

3 Turbidity NTU NS 30 30 NS NS - 1.7 0.9 1.1 0.6 1.9 1.2 2.7 1.6 2.5 1.4 2.6 2.5 1.9 0.8 1.8 1.2 1.9 1.5 1.7

4 Salinity Ppt - - - - - 36 36.3 37.1 38.9 35.2 36.0 35.3 36.2 33.2 36.5 34.5 35.9 35.2 36 33.9 35.6 34.2 36.3 35.5 33.5

5 Suspended

Solids mg/l

None from

Sewage or

Industrial waste Origin

NS NS NS NS 35 37 38 33 35 41 39 44 27 45 30 41 33 37 38 53 37 44 35 33

6 DO mg/L 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2 1.5 1.7 1.6 2.3 1.0 2.0 1.2 2 1.0 2.1 1.3 2.2 2.7 2.0 1.2 1.9 1.6 1.8 2.2

7 BOD mg/l NS 3 NS 5 NS 4.5 6 6 5 <4 6 5 <4 4 4 <4 <4 5.2 4.9 <4 4 <4 4 5 4

8 Nitrate µmol/L - - - - - 5.2 4.84 3.23 3.71 3.30 3.55 3.23 4.03 3.55 3.39 4.68 4.03 4.8 5.1 3.71 3.55 4.19 4.35 3.5 4.21

9 Ammonical Nitrogen

µmol/L - - - - - 5.6 <5.54 <5.54 6.04 5.82 <5.54 <5.54 5.99 <5.54 6.10 5.65 <5.54 5.2 5.7 <5.54 5.77 5.93 5.71 5.6 5.7

10 Nitrite µmol/L - - - - - 2.89 3.26 <2.17 <2.17 2.43 3.70 3.91 <2.17 3.04 2.43 <2.17 3.04 2.5 2.7 3.26 <2.17 2.74 <2.17 2.17 2.3

11 Dissolved Phosphate

µmol/L - - - - - 11.0 <10.53 10.74 <10.53 <10.53 11.37 10.63 11.58 10.74 11.37 <10.53 11.16 11.7 <10.53 10.95 10.95 10.84 11.48 10.9 <10.53

12 Phenol µg/L - - - - - <1 <1 <1 3.2 <1 5.1 <1 <1 1.5 3.1 2.5 3.6 1.2 <1 <1 4.1 4.1 <1 <1 <1

13 Lead mg/L 0.001 NS NS NS NS 0.70 0.90 0.60 0.47 0.39 0.53 0.49 0.53 0.30 0.47 0.32 0.37 0.2 0.5 0.46 0.34 0.33 0.24 0.25 0.30

14 Cadmium mg/L 0.01 NS NS NS NS 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.05 <0.003 0.02 <0.003 0.02 0.10 0.08 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.07

15 Iron mg/L NS NS 0.5 NS NS 0.35 0.60 0.63 0.40 0.44 0.53 0.55 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.51 0.71 0.50 0.68 0.57 0.45 0.33 0.78 0.50 0.52

16 Manganese mg/L NS NS 0.5 NS NS 0.05 <0.02 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.05 <0.02 0.04 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.13 0.12 0.02 0.06 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.03

17 Copper mg/L - - - - - 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.05

18 Zinc mg/L - - - - - <0.03 0.04 0.06 <0.03 0.04 0.04 <0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 <0.03 <0.03 0.02 <0.03 0.04 <0.03 0.04 <0.03 0.05 <0.03

Note: Ns- Not Specified; SW: Surface Water of creek; BW: Bottom Water of creek

Classification of Coastal/Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses

Class Designated Best Use

SW-I Salt

SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing

SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics

SW-IV Harbor

SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal

Observation of Marine Water Quality during High Tide

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the study area, it is observed that the quality of marine (SW1 & SW2) can be compared with class SW-IV and Quality of estuary (SW3, SW4, SW5,

SW7, SW8, and SW10) is matching with class SW-III & SW- IV as per costal water marine standards. Whereas the quality of Estuary SW6 & SW9 is matching with class SW – IV & SW V as per coastal marine standards.



Table 3-44: Marine Water Results – During Low Tide

S. No.

Parameters Unit

Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls

Surface water Quality

Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4 Station 5 Station 6 Station 7 Station 8 Station 9 Station 10

SW 1 BW 1 SW 2 BW 2 SW3 BW3 SW 4 BW 4 SW 5 BW 5 SW 6 BW 6 SW 7 BW 7 SW 8 BW 8 SW 9 BW 9 SW 10

BW 10

SW-I SW-II

SW-III

SW-IV

SW-V 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17 7.12.17

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

6.0 to 9.0

6.0 to 9.0

7.71 7.81 7.73 8.02 7.78 7.99 7.48 7.82 7.72 8.01 7.48 7.88 7.77 8.10 7.59 7.96 7.63 7.68 7.86 8.04

2 Temperature °C - - - - - 27.3 26.2 27.5 26.5 27.2 26.1 27.5 26.3 27.6 26.6 27.2 26.5 27.5 26.9 27.3 26.7 27.5 26.3 27.6 26.5

3 Turbidity NTU NS 30 30 NS NS 0.9 3.2 1.6 2.4 1.4 3.2 1.3 2.3 2.7 2.7 1.5 2.5 2.2 3.2 1.1 2.8 1.4 1.5 1.4 2.3

4 Salinity Ppt - - - - - 34.2 35.2 35.6 35.9 35.1 36.1 35.5 35.9 35.5 36.2 35.5 36.4 34.9 35.9 33.5 36.3 33.9 36.2 35.6 36.1

5 Suspended

Solids mg/l

None from

Sewage or

Industrial waste Origin

NS NS NS NS 28 32 23 38 25 36 20 22 38 41 26 33 27 24 21 39 29 39 28 34

6 DO mg/L 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.3 2.1 1.9 2.4 2.0 2.5 1.9 1.8 1.4 2.1 2.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.2 1.6 1.4 1.7 1.5

7 BOD mg/l NS 3 NS 5 NS <4 <4 5 <4 <4 4 <4 4 4 4 <4 5 5 <4 5 <4 4 <4 5 4

8 Nitrate µmol/L - - - - - 3.71 3.55 3.55 4.35 3.23 4.52 3.39 3.39 4.35 4.84 5.16 4.52 3.71 4.03 3.39 3.71 4.84 3.23 4.35 3.39

9 Ammonical Nitrogen

µmol/L - - - - - 6.10 <5.54 <5.54 5.93 5.60 5.77 <5.54 5.88 5.71 5.65 <5.54 <5.54 <5.54 5.93 <5.54 <5.54 6.04 6.10 5.82 <5.54

10 Nitrite µmol/L - - - - - <2.17 3.91 2.74 4.67 2.61 4.13 2.39 2.83 2.56 4.35 <2.17 3.26 3.26 2.67 <2.17 2.61 3.26 <2.17 7.39 2.74

11 Dissolved Phosphate

µmol/L - - - - - <10.53 11.06 <10.53 10.95 10.74 11.37 <10.53 10.53 10.63 11.06 10.63 10.74 <10.53 <10.53 <10.53 10.63 10.74 11.06 10.95 11.16

12 Phenol µg/L - - - - - 3.1 4.5 3.3 2.3 5.6 2.5 7.2 2.9 6.6 4.1 7.7 3.6 6.2 3.2 3.2 6.6 3.3 5.6 2.2 5.2

13 Lead mg/L 0.001 NS NS NS NS 0.46 0.57 0.27 0.15 0.60 0.54 0.63 0.66 0.17 0.14 0.50 0.33 0.06 0.19 0.57 0.45 0.38 0.23 0.44 0.28

14 Cadmium mg/L 0.01 NS NS NS NS 0.08 0.08 0.13 0.08 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.09

15 Iron mg/L NS NS 0.5 NS NS 0.35 0.46 0.36 0.29 0.53 0.39 0.63 0.48 0.47 0.28 0.51 0.58 0.45 0.47 0.51 0.52 0.34 0.32 0.36 0.44

16 Manganese mg/L NS NS 0.5 NS NS 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.06 <0.02 <0.02 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.03 <0.02 0.03 0.04 <0.02 0.03 0.06

17 Copper mg/L - - - - - 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.06

18 Zinc mg/L - - - - - <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.04 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.06 0.04 0.04 <0.03 0.06 0.06

Note: Ns- Not Specified; SW: Surface Water of creek; BW: Bottom Water of creek

Observation of Marine Water Quality during Low Tide

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the study area, it is observed that Marine Water during Low Tide: The Quality of estuary (SW1 and SW9) is matching with class SW-II & SW- III as per

costal water marine standards. Whereas the quality of Estuary (SW2, SW3, SW4, SW5, SW6, SW7, SW8 & SW10) is matching with class SW – III & SW IV as per coastal marine standards




Results and Discussion

pH

Hydrogen Ion Concentration (pH) is a very sensitive and important parameter of an environmental study. Variations

in pH due to chemical and other industrial discharges can render a water column unsuitable for aquatic life.

Identifying pH for acidic or alkaline disturbances enables one to locate zones of pollution and other quality

conditions for the use of seawater. During the present study, the pH of the water samples varied from 7.4 to 8.2.

The values show the normal trend for creek water.

Temperature

Vertical and horizontal temperature gradients of seawater temperature bear direct impact on the productivity and

animal population of the region. In surface and bottom waters of ten stations, temperature varied between 26.1°C

and 27.9°C. The variation of temperature at surface and bottom during high tide and low tide was insignificant,

indicating absence of thermal stratification.

Turbidity

Turbidity variations were observed among stations. Turbidity range were observed 0.6 to 3.2 NTU among ten water

samples.

Salinity

Assessment of salinity variation and the consequent stratification is extremely important. The estimated salinity in

ten stations varied between 33.2 to 38.9 ppt during high and low tide. Kandla creek is a negative water body where

evapo-transpiration exceeds precipitation.

Suspended Solids

Suspended solids in creek water originate either from autochthonous (biological) or allochthonus (derived from

terrestrial matter) sources. In general, the suspended solids concentration of all the ten water samples of Kandla

Creek ranged between 20 - 53 mg/L representing very much higher side than the prescribed limit of ≤ 25 mg/l.

Total Dissolved Oxygen

Of all the dissolved gases in water, oxygen is the most important one for the survival of aquatic biota. Generally,

the coastal waters are saturated with DO. This was also evident in the study area. DO values varied from 1.2 to 2.9

mg/L. The present study shows that the water of the study area is aerated and no signs of stress could be

discerned.

BOD

Rate of aerobic utilization of DO is a useful tool to evaluate the intensity of deterioration in an aquatic medium. The

Oxygen taken up for the breakup of organic matter leads to a reducing environment or in the event of release of

excess nutrients, it may cause eutrophication. In the present study maximum BOD was observed 6 mg/l during high

tide and in maximum stations were <4 mg/l during both tides.

Phenol

Higher concentrations of phenol in seawater can occur in areas receiving industrial wastewaters. Phenols can be

toxic to marine organisms and can accumulate in certain cellular components. The concentration of phenol during

the study period varied between 2.2 to 7.7 µg/l.




Heavy Metals

In all ten stations Heavy metals (lead, Cadmium, Iron, Manganese, Copper and Zinc) are negligible except lead

concentration. During study maximum lead concentration was 0.66 mg/l.

Nitrate

Nitrate concentration in coastal waters is generally <4 mg/l (Zingde et al., 1989) whereas the nitrate values

registered in the present study varied from 3.23 - 5.2 µmol/L which might be due to elevated nutrient enrichment

from coastal runoff and Kandla port activity.

Nitrite

Nitrite is an important element, which occurs in seawater as an intermediate compound in the microbial reduction

of nitrate or in the oxidation of ammonia and a major source of nutrients to coastal waters being terrestrial run-off.

The values of nitrite ranged from 2.39 to 7.39 mg/l during the study.

Phosphate

Inorganic phosphate is also an important nutrient like nitrogen compound in the primary production of the sea and

its concentration especially in the coastal waters is influenced by the land run off and domestic sewage. In the

present study, the maximum phosphate value was reported 11.16 mg/l

3.14.2 Sediment

Heavy metals released into marine environment rapidly bind to particulates and sink to the sea floor. Marine

sediments, consequently act as an ultimate sink for heavy metals input into the aquatic environment.

Methodology Adopted

Table 3-45: Analysis Methods for Sediment Parameters

Sr. No. Specific Test Performed Test Method specification against which tests are performed

1 Texture LAB-SOP-086, Hydrometer method

2 Organic Carbon IS 2720 (Part 22):1972 RA-2015

3 Phosphorous IS 10158 (Part 2): 1973 RA-2010

4 Nickle EPA-3050 B, AAS

5 Copper EPA-3050 B, AAS

6 Zinc EPA-3050 B, AAS

7 Cadmium EPA-3050 B, AAS

8 Lead EPA-3050 B, AAS

9 Mercury APHA 23rd Edition 3112-B, Cold Vapour AAS method

10 Phenol APHA 23rd Edition 5530 D

11 Potassium LAB-SOP-128, Flame emission Photometric method

12 Sodium LAB-SOP-117, Flame emission Photometric method

13 Magnesium LAB-SOP-130, EDTA Titrimetric & calculation method




Table 3-46: Sediment Quality Results

Sr. No. Parameter Unit Station 1

(LT) Station 2

(HT) Station 2

(LT) Station 3

(HT) Station 3

(LT) Station 4

(LT) Station 5

(LT) Station 6

(HT) Station 6

(LT) Station 7

(LT) Station 8

(HT) Station 8

(LT) Station 9

(HT) Station 9

(LT) Station 10

(LT)

1 pH - 7.20 6.80 7.08 7.13 7.81 7.79 8.10 7.70 7.44 7.70 7.32 7.99 7.50 7.92 7.91

2 Particle size Distribution

3 Sand % 95 97 93 92 93 88 95 91 87 92 95 92 47 47 45

4 Clay % 4 2 5 7 5 8 4 8 8 6 3 6 13 14 18

5 Silt % 1 1 2 1 2 4 1 1 5 2 2 2 40 39 37

6 Texture Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand Loamy Sand Sand Sand Loamy Sand Sand Sand Sand Loam Loam Loam

7 TOC % 0.13 0.11 0.12 0.26 0.34 0.09 0.13 0.10 0.11 0.21 0.06 0.07 0.26 0.27 0.51

8 Phosphorous mg/kg <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20

9 Magnesium gm/kg 0.28 0.47 0.08 0.42 0.41 0.27 0.21 0.89 0.65 0.53 0.65 0.46 0.68 0.59 0.47

10 Sodium gm/kg 1.55 2.01 3.22 15.10 8.51 2.41 1.00 13.45 11.72 1.84 2.56 4.10 6.13 12.92 0.16

11 Potassium gm/kg 0.20 0.14 0.21 1.05 0.42 0.37 0.11 1.08 1.03 0.17 0.20 0.42 0.71 0.99 0.01

12 Zinc mg/kg <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6

13 Copper mg/kg <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6

14 Lead mg/kg <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

15 Cadmium mg/kg <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06

16 Nickel mg/kg <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4

17 Mercury mg/kg <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

18 Phenol mg/kg <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02




Observations

Heavy metals released into marine environment rapidly bind to particulates and sink to the sea floor. Marine

sediments, consequently act as an ultimate sink for heavy metals input into the aquatic environment. The sediment

had sandy to loam texture having very high percentage of sand (45-95 %) as usually is the case with river bed

soils. The pH varied from 6.80 – 8.10 indicting that the predominance of neutral salt (NaCl) has helped in

maintaining pH below 8.5, which is an alkaline range. Total organic carbon varied from 0.06 – 0.51 %, which shows

that organic debris are not predominant. Among alkaline earth metals, there was predominance of sodium (0.15 –

15.10 gm/kg) followed by Mg (0.08 – 0.89 gm/kg) and potassium (0.01 – 1.08 gm/kg). The heavy metals were well

within the safe (Zinc- 60 mg/kg; Copper- 70 mg/kg; Lead- 25 mg/kg; Cd- 0.15 mg/kg; Nickel- 35 mg/kg and Hg-

(0.2 mg/kg) limits prescribed by Hilton et al. (1985) and EU regulations. The results of earlier studies reported do

not indicate increase in the loading of pollutants in sea as observed in the present study.

Ref: - Hilton,J, Davison, W, Ochsenaein, U. (1985). A mathematical model for analysis of sediment coke data. Chemical Geology, 48:

281-2912



Figure 3-5: Sampling Location Map – Marine Environment




3.14.3 Biodiversity of Marine Environment

Any kind of developmental projects in any given region must learn to respect the ecological integrity and

biodiversity values of concern region as these are going to be the determinants of environment quality as well as

the sustainability of the development interventions.

This represents existing biodiversity status of the project site / core zone and its surrounding environ / buffer zone

(7 km. radius) of the project study area. In addition, present work predicts likely impacts of proposed activity /

project and its associated activities, and suggests mitigation measures to reduce impacts on various biological

components of the project study area.

Phytoplankton is the essential component in the marine/estuarine ecosystem as primary producers at the very

beginning of food web. Phytoplankton as a group is largely made up of diatoms, dinoflagellates, cocolithophores,

cryptomonads, chrysomonads, green algae and cynobacteria (blue-green algae). Diatoms and dinoflagellates are

the most important members of the marine phytoplankton.

Zooplanktons inhabit all depth of the water column and constitute the largest ecological group of organism in the

sea and play an important role in marine food chain (Goswami, et al. 1999). They include a wide variety of

passively drifting organisms of different shape, size belonging to various animal phyla viz., Protozoa, Coelenterates,

Chaetognatha, Annelids, Arthropoda, Mollusca, etc. Abundance of zooplankton practically acts as an ideal index to

assess the fertility of water mass. Zooplankton may be classified according to their habitats, depth distribution, size

and duration of planktonic life.

Macrobenthos such as polychaeta, decapoda and mollusca are important sea-bed fauna. Some species of this group

are considered to be useful biological indicators for aquatic ecosystems. The benthos are mostly non-migrant

inhabitants, and can be used as indices of ecological changes in the benthic and pelagic environment.

Methodology

Phytoplankton

Water samples for Chlorophyll a were collected in near surface using a clean plastic bucket and bottom water using

a Niskin water sub sampler and transferred to amber bottle (500ml) and transported to laboratory in Ice box at a

temperature of 5°C. Water sample were filtered immediately after collection using 0.45 µm pore size millipore filter

paper laced with a few drops of MgCO3. The filter paper with the filtrate was crushed with 90% acetone and stored

in dark condition for 24 hrs. This sample was crushed again, centrifuged at 3000 RPM and the absorbance of the

supernatant was measured at taken at 665 and 750 nm in spectrophotometer. Samples were acidified and again

measured at the same wavelength for the assessment of phaeophytin.

Phytoplankton samples were collected at ten stations where data on in situ water quality parameters were also

collected for comparison. Samples were collected from the surface using standard plankton net with a mesh size of

51µM and a mouth area of 0.1256 m2 (20cm radius). The net fitted with a flowmeter (Hydrobios) was towed from a

motorized boat. Bottom samples were collected using Niskin bottom sampler. Plankton adhering to the net was

concentrated in the net bucket transferred to a pre-cleaned and rinsed container and preserved with 5%

neutralized formaldehyde. The containers were appropriately labelled indicating the details of collection and were

transferred to laboratory for further analysis. The initial and final flow meter reading was noted down for calculating

the amount of water filtered.

Quantitative analysis of phytoplankton (cell count) was carried out using Sedgewick-Rafter counting chamber. 1 ml

of soup added to a Sedgwick counting chamber was observed under an inverted compound microscope. Number of

cells present in individual cells of the counting chambers (1/1000) were noted and identified up to generic level.

Number of observations was fixed so as to represent the entire quantity of the soup (generally more than 30 times)

and the recorded data were used for further calculations with which density of phytoplankton in 1 liter of the

seawater was calculated using the following formula:




N=n×v/V (where N is the total no/l; n is average no of cells in 1 ml; v is volume of concentrate; V is total volume of

water filtered).

Zooplankton

Samples were collected at the same sites where samples for phytoplankton and other water quality parameters

were collected. Zooplankton samples were collected using standard Heron Trenton net with a mouth area of 0.25

m2 (0.5 x 0.5m) fitted with a flow meter. The net was pulled for a unit time and the initial and final reading in the

flow meter was noted down and the sample collected in the plankton bucket was transferred to appropriately

labelled container and preserved with 5% neutralized formaldehyde. In order to counter-check the zooplankton

density values obtained one ml of the zooplankton sample was added to a Sedgwick counting chamber and was

observed under a compound microscope. The major group/taxa were identified using standard identification keys

and their number was counted. Random cells in the counting chamber were taken for consideration and the

number of zooplankton were noted down along with their binomial name. This was repeated for five 1 ml samples

and the average value was considered for final calculation. For greater accuracy, the final density values were

counter-checked and compared with the data collected by settlement method. Zooplankton biomass (wet weight)

was estimated by filtering the plankton samples with a piece of net fabric and removing the excess water by a

blotting paper. Plankton thus obtained was measured by displacement method.

Benthos

Sediment samples for macro benthos were collected using Van Veen grab sampler with a covering area of 0.1 m2 at

8 locations. In addition, two intertidal benthic samples were also collected near proposed Jetty by using quadrat of

different sizes. Immediately after collection, the benthic organisms were separated by sieving through 500 micron

mesh sieve and preserved using 5% formaldehyde with Rose Bengal stain. Back in the laboratory, the samples

were sorted and identified up to group/Genera level using stereo zoom microscope. The wet weight was taken to

calculate the biomass of benthic organisms in all the four stations.

Results

Chlrophyll “a”

In the present study area concentration of chlorophyll ‘a’ ranged from of 0.5 mg/m3 to 2.4 mg/m3. The lower

chlorophyll concentration recorded at BMS 10 and maximum were recorded in BMS 7.

In the present study area Phaeophytin ranged from 0.2 mg/m3 to 0.8 mg/m3. Lower values of phaeophytin was

recorded at BMS 10 and maximum were recorded at BMS 2.

Table 3-47: Values for Chlorophyll and Phaeophytin

Station Tide Chlorophyll a (mg/m3) Phaeophytin a (mg/m3)

Surface Bottom Surface Bottom

BMS 1 High Tide 1.5 0.8 1.1 1.4

BMS 1 Low Tide 1.3 1.2 0.5 0.4

BMS 2 High Tide 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.8

BMS 2 Low Tide 1.1 0.8 0.4 0.2

BMS 3 High Tide 1.5 1.3 0.7 0.5

BMS 3 Low Tide 2.1 1.2 1.0 0.5

BMS 4 High Tide 1.1 0.8 0.4 0.2

BMS 4 Low Tide 1.2 0.7 0.8 0.4

BMS 5 High Tide 1.4 1.0 0.6 0.3

BMS 5 Low Tide 1.5 1.2 0.7 0.5

BMS 6 High Tide 2.2 1.8 0.9 0.5




Station Tide Chlorophyll a (mg/m3) Phaeophytin a (mg/m3)

Surface Bottom Surface Bottom

BMS 6 Low Tide 1.3 1.1 0.5 0.4

BMS 7 High Tide 2.4 1.1 0.7 0.5

BMS 7 Low Tide 1.7 1.2 0.5 0.5

BMS 8 High Tide 1.5 1.3 0.2 0.4

BMS 8 Low Tide 1.2 1.3 0.4 0.7

BMS 9 High Tide 1.4 1.0 0.6 0.3

BMS 9 Low Tide 1.5 1.0 0.7 0.3

BMS 10 High Tide 1.8 1.5 0.6 0.4

BMS 10 Low Tide 1.0 0.5 0.3 0.2

Phytoplankton

A total of 33 species were recorded during this entire collection during December, 2017. Maximum cell count were

observed in BMS 10 during low tide whereas lowest were observed in BMS 4 during low tide.

Table 3-48: Cell count (No x 103/Lit) of phytoplankton

Station Tide Cell Count (No x 103/Lit) Total Genera (No.)

Surface Water Bottom Water Surface Water Bottom Water

BMS 1 High Tide 10 8 4 3

BMS 1 Low Tide 21 17 5 4






















Table 3-49: Phytoplankton species abundance during December, 2017

Species BMS 1 BMS 2 BMS 3 BMS 4 BMS 5 BMS 6 BMS 7 BMS 8 BMS 9 BMS 10

Achnanthes sp. 10 16 0 10 14 15 14 20 14 16

Biddulphia biddulphiana 14 12 4 0 14 14 17 11 12 13

Biddulphia favus 12 18 8 12 0 21 12 12 10 16

Biddulphia artica 10 8 15 0 21 28 12 17 18 22

Biddulphia mobiliensis 13 11 4 15 0 24 10 20 12 12

Bacillaria paradoxa 12 0 0 11 0 25 2 0 0 4

Ceratium furca 16 0 0 12 0 20 0 0 8 15

Chaetoceros sp 13 8 0 0 0 12 14 17 14 15

Chaetoceros peruvianus 14 12 21 0 0 17 0 0 2 0

Chaetoceros pseudocrinitum 8 4 10 25 0 0 6 0 8 0

Coscinodiscus sp 0 12 0 12 14 0 23 0 6 13

Coscinodiscus radiatus 0 6 11 0 25 0 18 0 0 13

Coscinodiscus nitidus 14 14 0 0 15 0 8 4 16 54

Coscinodiscus gigas 4 24 0 17 17 0 7 7 23 12

Dinophysis miles 4 11 0 11 0 0 0 5 10 8

Ditylum brightwelli 10 5 14 10 14 25 14 12 4 6

Fragillaria sp 11 23 18 14 20 18 12 18 15 13

Leptocylindrus minimus 36 0 23 0 15 17 14 12 4 2

Lauderia annulata 42 13 10 0 0 18 11 13 0 22

Melosira boreri 8 17 14 20 0 15 12 22 0 12

Navicula longa 14 14 14 0 0 13 23 15 0 0

Nitzschia closterium 11 2 0 0 21 18 12 2 0 0

Nitzschia obtusa 14 14 18 0 27 17 15 12 16 0

Pleurosigma elongatum 8 0 19 21 0 18 10 22 12 0

Rhizosolenia robusta 12 7 6 12 0 0 0 2 17 12

Rhizosolenia shrubsolei 8 7 17 0 0 0 6 5 0 0

Rhizosolenia castracanei 17 11 9 0 19 0 0 4 15 0

Rhizosolenia elongata 18 0 0 14 13 22 10 0 8 0




Rhizosolenia setigera 12 0 16 15 15 12 12 10 7 5

Trichodesmium erythareum 6 0 0 17 14 0 14 0 11 10

Thalassiothrix longissima 5 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 14 8

Thalassiothrix nitzsoides 8 0 0 25 0 14 21 0 8 7

Tintinnopsis sp 22 11 0 12 18 21 0 0 17 0




Table 3-50: Zooplankton species abundance during December, 2017

Species BMS 1 BMS 2 BMS 3 BMS 4 BMS 5 BMS 6 BMS 7 BMS 8 BMS 9 BMS 10

Bivalve larvae 56 48 67 48 63 3 1 2 12 10

Brachyuran larvae 13 15 18 16 12 4 8 0 10 0

Calanus finmarchius 0 0 4 8 12 16 18 14 5 0

Canthocalanus sp 0 0 0 5 8 10 12 10 12 14

Copepod nauplius 23 42 28 46 52 12 21 18 14 0

Creseis larvae 21 14 16 18 12 4 0 0 10 0

Eucalanus spp. 12 16 8 9 10 14 21 0 0 17

Euchaeta sp 14 16 11 9 12 11 14 0 0 15

Foraminifera 0 3 9 2 3 12 5 6 6 0

Lucifer sp 4 6 8 12 4 4 0 0 8 0

Euterpina acutiforns 4 6 8 12 4 22 14 5 10 0

Favella sp. 5 0 2 14 4 8 10 5 14 0

Oithona spp. 12 13 3 14 16 14 16 13 11 0

Okiopleura sp 2 4 3 6 2 13 22 14 10 11

Paracalanus parvus 12 14 16 8 4 5 12 0 5 12

Parapontella bervicorins 2 8 4 0 2 12 14 16 8 17

Sagitta hispida 5 8 0 3 7 8 4 2 6 22

Sagitta sp 14 12 8 14 22 0 5 7 8 12

Tintinnopsis acuminata 10 14 12 14 20 0 5 8 10 10




Zooplankton

A total of 19 species were recorded during this season. Maximum biomass were observed in BMS 2 during low tide

and minimum were found in BMS 4 during high tide.

Table 3-51: Standing Stock of Zooplankton

Station Tide Population (no.x103/100ml) Total Group (No.)

BMS 1 High Tide 3 5

BMS 1 Low Tide 2.2 4

BMS 2 High Tide 5.6 4






BMS 5 High Tide 3 3



BMS 6 Low Tide 4 2

BMS 7 High Tide 7 5








Benthos

Population density in all the stations varied from 70 to 315/m2. In Intertidal, the density of benthic organisms

varied between 55 and 155 organism/m2.

Table 3-52: Standing Stock of sub tidal Macro benthos

Station Biomass (gm/m2) Population (no./m2)

Total Group (No.)

Major Groups

BMS 1 1.5 - 2.5

(2)

100 - 275

(125) 3 Polychaetes, Cumecians, Isopods

BMS 2 1.7 - 2.5

(1.9)

115 - 315

(210) 2

Polychaetes, Bivalves, Amphipods

BMS 3 1.2 - 2.4

(1.7)

215 - 250

(220) 3 Crabs, Gastropods

BMS 4 1.5 - 2.2

(1.9)

70 - 145

(91) 4 Polychaetes, Tanaidaceans, Crabs

BMS 5 1.8 - 2.8

(2)

120 - 175

(115) 6

Gastropods, Polychaetes, Isopods, Tanaidaceans

BMS 6 1.9 - 2.9

(2.2)

125 - 275

(155) 5 Bivalves, crabs, amphipods

BMS 7 1.5 - 3.5

(2.5)

125 - 250

(175) 4 Bivalves, Polychaetes, Tanaidaceans

BMS 8 3 - 3.5 155 - 255 4 Gastropods, Bivalve, Polychaetes




Station Biomass (gm/m2) Population (no./m2)

Total Group (No.)

Major Groups

(2.2) (215)

BMS 9 2.8 - 3.5

(3)

145 - 245

(175) 3 Gastropods, Polychaetes, Isopods

BMS 10 2.5 - 3.8

(2.8)

150 - 185

(155) 5

Gastropods, Bivalve, Polychaetes Isopods

Table 3-53: Standing Stock of inter tidal Macro benthos

Station Biomass (gm/m2)

Population (no./m2)

Total Group (No.) Major Groups

BMI 1 4.5 - 6.5

(3.3) 55 - 140 (110) 3 Crabs, Gastropods

BMI 2 2.7 - 4.2

(3.8)

75 - 102

(85) 5

Gastropods, Polychaetes, Amphipods, Crabs

BMI 3 3.5 - 4.5

(2.8) 85 - 115 (100) 4 Crabs, Polychaetes, Bivalves

BMI 4 2.5 - 4

(2.9) 125 - 155 (130) 3 Gastropods, Polychaetes

Mangrove Environment

Site visit was included by boat through of the site during high tide. Total 5 sites have been observed where entire

stretches were covered by mangroves. Mangrove population represents in sparse to dense.

Avicennia sp. and Rhizophora sp. both were present but Avicennia sp. were dominant in this area. Both mature and

regeneration phase of mangroves has been observed near creek and intertidal belt. Only one dominant species

(Avicennia sp.) in regeneration phase has been observed. Mature trees were more near junction of creek.

Important mangrove vegetation attributes like stand density, Girth at Breast Height (GBH), Canopy cover were

studied. In general, mangrove stand at Kandla creek is structurally better and dense. Average mature tree density

>1800 trees/ha (approx.) was recorded. Tree height showed perceptible variation and ranged from 1.2 m to 4.5 m

with an overall average mature tree height of 1.8 m. In general mangrove formations at Kandla had the best

structural attributes as the mature forest with higher vegetation structure.

Mangroves

Vegetation studies were carried out in and around (7 km) the proposed developmental site in order to glean the

vegetation structure and present status of site mangroves. Figure 3-5 shows the sampling locations (M1 - M5) in

the 7 km. radius of project site in Kandla region. Sampling was carried out during December, 2017. The proceeding

sections present the results of the mangrove vegetation study.

Table 3-54 and Table 3-55 shows the overall structural characters of the mangroves in studied stands such as

density, height, GBH, canopy index (CI) and the ratio of the regeneration, recruitment and mature tree classes.

Tree Density

An overall average mature tree density of 3080 trees/ha was recorded in proposed 7 km peripheral of proposed

site. Maximum density was recorded 3900 trees/ha whereas minimum density was recorded 2500 trees/ha.

Tree Height

Mangroves height ranged from 1.2 meter to 4.5 meter among all stations with an overall average height of 2.34

meter (Table 3-54). Trees were considerably taller opposite to Kandla jetty.




Tree Girth (Girth at Breast Height-GBH)

Station-wise, minimum GBH recorded was 5 cm and maximum average was 27 cm with an overall stand average of

12.6 cm. (Table 3-54).

Canopy index

Minimum and maximum canopy index values at Kandla creek mangrove stand varied from 2.5 to 18 meter with an

overall average of 9.56. Detailed canopy list is explained in Table 3-54.

Regeneration class

Average mature tree density was recorded 3080/ha. Highest regeneration density was recorded 4700 plants/ha

which indicates moderate regeneration potential. Mature tree and regeneration class at this stand showing

minimum entrance of regeneration class into mature tree class.

Recruitment class

Average density of recruitment class was recorded 1450 plants/ha. Lower recruitment density is apparently due to

higher mature tree density. Please refer Table 3-55.

Table 3-54: Mangrove vegetation characteristics in study area

S. No GPS Co-Ordinate Height-m GBH-cm Canopy Cover -m

Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg

1 23°4'21.51"N; 70°13'1.31"E 1.2 3.5 1.6 8 19 14 2.5 5 3.8

2 23°3'11.32"N; 70°13'35.57"E 1.7 2.8 2.1 5 15 11 6 18 12

3 23°2'37.00"N; 70°13'43.12"E 2 3 2.7 7 18 13 5 14 9

4 23°1'12.97"N; 70°14'2.46"E 1.5 4.2 2.1 7 23 10 4.5 17 12

5 23°0'10.05"N; 70°14'2.01"E 1.8 4.5 3.2 10 27 15 4.5 16 11

Table 3-55: Regeneration and Recruitment Density and their ratio with mature trees in study area

S. No. Co-Ordinates Mature Tree Density

- No/ha (1)

Recruitment Density-

No/ha- (2)

Regeneration Density-

No/ha- (3)

1 23°4'21.51"N; 70°13'1.31"E 2500 1850 3700

2 23°3'11.32"N; 70°13'35.57"E 3900 1500 1700

3 23°2'37.00"N; 70°13'43.12"E 2500 1200 1500

4 23°1'12.97"N; 70°14'2.46"E 3500 1500 4700

5 23°0'10.05"N; 70°14'2.01"E 3000 1200 2500


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

In this chapter, we:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment

Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities

Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance.

Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation

measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation.

4.2 Impact Assessment Methodology

4.2.1 Key Definitions

Environmental Aspects

These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment.

Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal and emergency operations.

Environmental aspects selected for further study should large enough for meaningful examination and small enough

to be easily understood.

Environmental Impacts

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or

partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental Components

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural

resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental components (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed)

include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil,

ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety.

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria

to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.

4.2.2 Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an

environmental impact

Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation

Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each

component



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2.3 Component Wise Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental impact assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each

environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Impacts

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical

models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between

sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and

validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning /

consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods

used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental impacts, Identifying Aspects Causing Significant Impacts and

Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures except Land Use Land Cover Component

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare

different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that

require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental impact

significance is calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental impact

assessment methodologies:

Severity: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological and/or socio-economic

environments

Likelihood of Occurrence: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect

A combination of severity with likelihood gives a reasonable measure of environmental impact significance, which

aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well-defined is

subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact significance based on their understanding / opinion.

Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience, professional judgment as well as project and

activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. The steps in identifying environmental significance

follow.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental impacts, Identifying Aspects Causing Significant Impacts and

Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures for Land Use Land cover Component

Impact Assessment is generally done considering two factors: Likelihood of Occurrence and Severity. In the

functional area of Land Use / Land Cover, it is observed that the likelihood of occurrence of impacts on Land Use /

Land Cover is not a variable; the impact either happens or does not happen. Since we will only consider the impacts

which are likely to occur, the conventional methodology will rank the likelihood at highest, in our case 5, on a scale

of 1 to 5. This fact artificially increases the significance Number (Likelihood X Severity) of all impacts on Land Use /

Land Cover. It has therefore been decided to dispense with the ranking on the basis of likelihood of occurrence and

rank only severity of impacts in such a way that the significance number can span the full range, i.e. 1 to 25, as in

the case of conventional assessment.

Severity Analysis

The severity of impacts on various environmental components has been categorised into 5 categories ranging from

insignificant to extreme as given in Table 4-1.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to proposed project – Severity Assessment

S. No.

Environmental Component Impacted

Impact and Score2

Insignificant

(+/-) 1 point

Minor

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Extreme

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1

Land Use / Land Cover

Duration

Very short term

(upto 1 year)

Short term

(>1 - 3 years) Medium term (>3 - 5 years)

Long term

(> 5-10 years) Very long term (>10 years)

Extent (Area Affected)

Very Limited (Within core zone)

Limited

(<1 km around core zone)

Medium Range

(>1 – 3.0 km around core zone)

Long Range

(>3 – 7 kms around core zone)

Extensive (>7.0 kms around core zone)

Change in land Use/Cover (conversion to Industrial/ Residential from)

Non-agricultural land, Land without Scrub, Industrial area with scrub land/ Reversible

Scrub Land/ Change in Topography

Water Body Agricultural land, Open and Close vegetation/ Change in

Drainage pattern Forest Area/ Irreversible

Topography

Low (Fat) up to 5 m - Medium (Undulating) up to 10

m - High (Hilly) More than 10 m

Reversible/ Irreversible

Reversible - - - Irreversible

Air Quality

Temporary nuisance due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions,

odour / dust or greenhouse gases

Minor environmental impact due to controlled /

uncontrolled release of air emissions, odour / dust or greenhouse gases with no lasting detrimental effects

Moderate environmental impact due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions, odour / dust or

greenhouse gases leading to visual impacts, at significant

nuisance levels

Significant environmental impact due to release of air emissions, odour / dust or

greenhouse gases leading to exceedance of limits specified

in EP Rules’

Unacceptable environmental impact due to release of air

emissions, odour / dust leading to possibility of

chronic / acute health issues, injuries or fatalities

3

Ambient Noise - give the mean score from the

three categories,

Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limits as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

<10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

2 In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell.




S. No.


Impact and Score2

Insignificant

(+/-) 1 point

Minor

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Extreme

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

rounded to the nearest decimal

1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more

4

Surface Water - give the mean score from the

three categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Water Consumption (KL/D)

<25000 <25000 <25000 <25000 <25000

Water Consumption, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Disposal with Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Discharge for onland irrigation

within limits specified by CPCB/IS standards

Other discharge within limits specified by the CPCB/IS

standards

Discharge into Septic tank and Soak pit.

Other discharge outside limits specified by CPCB/IS

standards

5

Ground Water - give the mean score from the

three categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations

Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified

Water Drawl (KL/D)

< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Drawl, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge Discharge to an authorized,

functional CETP Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules Other discharge, outside limits

specified by the EP Rules

6 Soil Quality

Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or minor contamination of soil that can be easily restored

close to original condition for volume <10 m3

Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume <25 m3 but below Dutch

Intervention Values


contamination of soil volume <25 m3 but above Dutch

Intervention Values


contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch

Intervention Values, but not deemed to require urgent

remediation


contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention Values3, and deemed to require urgent

remediation

3 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.




S. No.


Impact and Score2

Insignificant

(+/-) 1 point

Minor

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Extreme

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

7

Flora /

Fauna

Habitat / Ecosystem

Site specific loss (removal) of common floral species (but

not any tree or trees).

Vegetation composition does not form a habitat character

for any species of conservation significance. No

short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely

affect the habitat / ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance to common / generalist faunal

species (e.g. movement pattern, temporary displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on ecosystem functioning or

habitat ecology.

Site specific loss (removal) of some saplings of trees.

Minor temporary impacts on ecosystem functioning or

habitat ecology of common / generalist species.

Minor short term / long term impacts on surrounding /

immediate / adjacent habitats and are resilient to changes in habitat structure or condition.

Site specific loss (removal) of some common well grown

tree / trees species.

Site specific loss of nesting / breeding habitat of common /

generalist species of flora-fauna but will not result in permanent loss of habitat.

Short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the habitat character or

functioning of ecosystem.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture

Site specific impact on threatened species but

impacted species is widely distributed outside the project site. Short term impacts may lead to loss of abundance or extent, but unlikely to cause local population extinction.

Site specific habitat loss of fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC, Birdlife International, or any

other international literature - secondary information.

Impacts on habitats / ecosystems of international

importance.

Impact on threatened species listed in as a

endemic/Schedule-I as per IWPA 1972, BSI, Red Data Book, ZSI, BSI or literature

published by any State Govt. Institute, University and

Collage etc.

Loss of habitat of above said flora-fauna.

Impact on genetic diversity

Impact on threatened / endemic / Schedule-I fauna.

Impact on endemic fauna, species listed in ZSI or

literature published by any State Govt. Institute,

University and Collage etc.

The project activity within 10km of NP/WS/RF/PF and other eco-sensitive area).

Impact on NP /PF /WLS /ESZ /IBA / tiger reserve / elephant

corridor / corridor

Impact on ecosystem like river, forest etc.

8.1

Socio-economic Environment:

Social Aspects - give the mean score from the

categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area

<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%

Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes




S. No.


Impact and Score2

Insignificant

(+/-) 1 point

Minor

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Extreme

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change

8.2

Socio-economic Environment:

Economic Aspects - give the mean score from the

categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

No of Jobs Gained or Lost

<50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more

Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income

<50 100 250 500 1000 or more

Land Losers

<10 <20 <50 <100 >100

Losers of Homesteads

<5 <10 <25 <50 >50

8.3 Socio-economic Aspects: Cultural

Minor repairable damage to commonplace structures

Minor repairable damage to structures / items of cultural

significance, or minor infringements of cultural

values

Moderate damage to structures/ items of cultural significance, or significant,

infringement of cultural values/ sacred location

Major damage to structures / items of cultural significance,

or major infringement of cultural values / sacred

locations

Irreparable damage to highly valued structures / items /

locations of cultural significance or sacred value

9.1

Occupational / Community Health and

Safety: Community

Health and Safety

Insignificant impact on surrounding communities

Minor complaints or exposure to community. Maximum occurrence limited to two

times per year

Ongoing complaints from community. Significant

emission or discharge that impacts on surrounding

population

Major ongoing long term health effects likely to

surrounding communities and workers

Extreme health risk- potential for death in community

9.2

Occupational / Community Health and

Safety: Occupational

Health and Safety

Near miss incident or trivial injuries, which may require self-administered first aid.

Injured personnel can continue to perform normal

duties

Injuries requiring onsite treatment by medical

practitioner. Personnel unable to continue to perform duties

Serious injuries requiring off site treatment by medical practitioner or immediate evacuation to hospital. Potential long term or

permanent disabling effect

Single Fatality Multiple Fatality



MITIGATION MEASURES


Quantifying the Likelihood of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the severity as shown in Table 4-1 the likelihood of occurrence also needs to be estimated to

arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact significance. Table 4-2 provides probability / likelihood

ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.

Table 4-2: Likelihood of Occurrence

Description Environment/Health and Safety Probability

Frequent Continuous occurrence or each day during the project life cycle 5

Regular Occurs several times each year during the project life cycle 4

Periodic Might occur annually during the project life cycle 3

Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2

Rare One time or one-off event during the project life cycle 1

Quantifying Environmental Impact significance except for Land use land Cover Component

The level of environmental impact significance is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the

probability of occurrence together. Thus,

Significance of Impact = Severity Score × Likelihood of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out assuming

operations of LPG terminal facility with standard safety measures.

Quantifying Environmental Impact Significance for Land Use Land Cover Component

The Significance of Environmental Impact is calculated by adding the severity score of all five components. Thus,

Significance of Impact = Addition of all five severity scores

Table 4-3 below assigns significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures

for reducing the environmental impact significance and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental

Management Plans (EMPs).

To do this, environmental impact significance levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then

evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Probability Impact Significance

Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)

Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10

Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

Categorising Environmental Impact Significance

Environmental impacts are now categorised into five categories from extreme significance to low significance.

Activities resulting into extremely significant impacts are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or

modified such that they are brought to a lower level of environmental impact significance.

Activities resulting into High and moderately severe impacts, although acceptable, require being evaluated and

mitigated in a manner that significance of their impacts is lowered. Activities resulting into Low severe significant

impacts do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 4-4.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-4: Categorization of Impact Significance

Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+)

Colour Code and Score Range

Type of Risk Inference Colour Code and

Score Range Inference

21 - 25 Extremely Significant Activity should not proceed in current

form 21 - 25

Activity has Extensive Positive Benefits

15 - 20 Highly Significant

Activity should be modified to include

remedial planning and actions and be subject to detailed ecological

assessment

15 - 20 Activity has Major

Benefits

9 - 14 Moderately Significant

Activity can operate subject to

management and / or modification

9 - 14 Activity has Moderate

Benefits

4 - 8 Less Significant No action required unless escalation of

risk is possible 4 - 8

Activity has Minor Benefits

1 - 3 Minor / Negligible Negligible Risk of

activity 1 - 3

Activity has mildly positive impacts

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all ‘Highly Significant’ and ‘Moderately

Significant’ impact activities. Programmes to implement all mitigation measures are then prepared and presented as

an Environmental Management Programme.

4.3 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects

associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive)

impact.

The environmental impacts on the terrestrial environment has been covered in this report. However the

environmental impacts due to the proposed projects on the marine environment is covered in the marine EIA

report. Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-5.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES


Table 4-5: Environmental Impact

S.

No.

Project Activities

Impact

(Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, L)

Potential Environmental Impacts

Remarks LU/LC AQ NV W GW S EB SE RH SHW

OH/ CH&S

A Pre-Construction Phase

1 Preparation of Site

1.1 Dismantling of

existing structure (O, L) ● ● ● ● ●

AQ: Dust emission due to vehicular movement; NV: Noise generation; S: Soil erosion; RH: Accidents;

SHW: Generation of Solid waste

1.2 Removal of vegetation

(O&N) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

LU: Change in land cover

AQ: Dust emission due to clearance and movement of

vehicles for existing vegetation clearance; NV:

Noise due to vehicle movement; S:Soil loss due to erosion; EB: Removal of shrubs, herbs and grasses; OH/CH&S: Injury to workers

B Construction Phase

1.3

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and

equipment

(O&N,T) ● ● ●

AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise due to vehicular

movement; SE: Wear and tear of roads and risk of accident due to vehicle

movement

1.4 Levelling /Filling of the earth material

(O, L) ● AQ: Dust generation due to leveling and filling of earth

material

1 Installation of Bitumen Storage Tanks and related activities

1.5 Excavation work (O&N,T) ● ● o ● AQ: Generation of dust; NV:

Noise and vibration due excavation operations; SE:



MEASURES


S.

No.

Project Activities

Impact

(Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, L)



OH/ CH&S

Temporary skilled labors will be employed.

1.6 Civil Construction

work (O&N,T) ● ● ● o ●

LU: Change in Land use / Land cover;AQ: Generation

of dust; NV: Noise and vibration during foundation; SE: Temporary labors will be

employed.

1.7

Heavy fabrication work including

metal cutting, Gas cutting, welding

for tank, pipeline, other steel structure

(O&N,T) ● ● o ● ●

AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise and vibration during fabrication; SE: Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid waste generation from

fabrication work & metal waste; OHS: Due to hot

work

1.8

Installation of all instruments like Thermic Fluid

Heater, Pumps, etc.

(O&N,T) ● o NV: Noise and vibration during construction; SE: Temporary job creation

1.9

Installation of Tank, Pipeline, Truck loading platform, etc.

(O&N,T) ● NV: Noise and vibration

during construction;

2.0 Painting &

Insulation of Tanks (O&N,T) ● o ●

AQ: emission of VOCs due to painting; SE: Temporary

job creation; SHW: Generation of paint

containers

2.1 Hydro-testing (O&N,T) ● W: Waste water generated

during hydro testing is stored in fire water reservoir



MEASURES


S.

No.

Project Activities

Impact

(Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, L)



OH/ CH&S

2.2 Final cleaning of

site (O&N,T) ● o ●

AQ: Generation of dust; SE: Employment generation and hence forth gain in income.

2.3

Laying of insulated pipelines from

Jetty to Terminal and Internal

Pipeline from Tank to Truck Loading

Platform

(O&N,T) ● ● o

AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise and vibration during

laying pipeline; SE: Employment generation and hence forth gain in income.

C Operational Phase

2.4

Unloading and Loading of

products to/from ship

(N,L) ● ● ● AQ: Fugitive emission NV: Due to increase in traffic;

RH: Due to Leakage

2.5

Unloading and Loading of


(A,L) ● ●

W: Due to spillage of Bitumen; EB: Adverse impact on marine bio-

diversity

2.6

Loading of products from

Storage tanks to Road tankers

(N,L) ● ● o ●

AQ: Possibility of leak or spillage of chemicals/ materials; S: Due to

leakage; SE: Employment will be generated; RH: Due

to leakage

2.7 Pumping / transfer

of products through pipelines

(N,L) ● ● ● AQ, S, & RH: Due to leakage

2.8 Pumping / transfer

of products through pipelines

(A,L) ● ●

W: Due to spillage of Bitumen; EB: Adverse impact on marine bio-

diversity



MEASURES


S.

No.

Project Activities

Impact

(Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, L)



OH/ CH&S

2.9

Importing of local coal for thermic fluid (TF) heater

operation

(N,T) ● ● AQ: Due to generation of

Coal Ash; EB: Deposition of Dust on plants

3.0

Cleaning and removing of Coal

Ash from TF heater

(N,L) ●

3.1 Pipeline cleaning (i.e. Pigging of

pipeline) (A,T) ● ● ●

AQ: While depressurizing the pipeline; NV: While

depressurizing the pipeline; SHW: Solid & hazardous

waste generation

3.2

Leakage or spillage of Bitumen (at

hose connection & loading arm and

sampling

(A,T) ● ● ● ●

AQ: Due to fugitive emission; W, S & EB:

Leakage and spillage of chemicals.

3.3 Storage of products (Bitumen)

(A,T) ● o ●

AQ: Fugitive Emission from storage tanks; SE:

Generation of employment; RH: Due to Fire

3.4

Start up and shut down of activities like operation of Thermic Fluid

Heater, D.G. set

(A, N, T) ● ● ● ●

AQ: Due to Fugitive emission; NV: Due to start

up and shut down; RH: Due to Fire ; OH/CH&S: Injuries

to Workers

Impact Type: O – One Time; N – Normal; A – Abnormal; E – Emergency; Impact Duration: T – Temporary, L – Long-Term/Permanent

LU/LC: Land us e/ Land cover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; W: Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity: SE: Socio-Economic; RH: Risk & Hazard; SHW: Solid & Hazardous waste generation; OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety



MITIGATION MEASURES


Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental components that are likely to be impacted due to the

project are:

Terrestrial Environment:

Land use/Land cover: Civil construction work

Air quality: Dismantling of existing structure, removal of vegetation, vehicular movement, levelling/filling of

earth material, excavation work, civil construction work, etc.

Noise & Vibration: Dismantling of existing structure, removal of vegetation, vehicular movement, installation of

pipeline, heart, D.G. set, etc.

Soil: Dismantling of existing structure, removal of vegetation, loading of product from storage tank to road

tanker, Leakage/spillage of Bitumen

Socio – Economic: Employment generation

Occupational health, Community Health and Safety: Possibility of accidents, Injuries to workers

Marine Environment:

Water: Hydro-testing, Unloading/Loading of products to/from ship, pumping of products through pipelines,

leakage/spillage of Bitumen

Sediment: Leakage/spillage of Bitumen, loading/unloading of products to/from ship by pipeline

Flora Fauna: Leakage/spillage of Bitumen

4.4 Terrestrial Environment

4.4.1 Land Use and Land Cover

Removal of vegetation

This will lead to change in land cover from scrub land to land without scrub.

Civil construction work

This will lead to change in land use from unused scrub land to built up land.

Impact scores on land use land cover are mentioned in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6: Impact Scoring - Land Use Land Cover

Code Impacting Activity Impact Score Remarks

C1 C2 C3 C4

1 Removal of vegetation -10 Land is given on lease by Kandla Port Trust

2 Civil construction work -12

4.4.2 Air Pollution and Air Quality

Construction Phase

A number of sources in construction phase that cause potential impacts on air quality, which include:

Dust particularly due to the excavation, construction of bund facility resulting in air pollution.

Dust and other exhaust atmospheric emissions generated by painting and other activities during renovation of

the barge.

Particulate emission due to machinery and instrument operation for cleaning and construction works.

Fumes and gases near the work area due to welding activities.

Emission due to excavation, cutting, heating, welding.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Dust emission due to removal of scrap materials, remaining and waste construction materials, construction

machinery, dismantling and removal of temporary structures, site cleaning and disposal of these materials.

For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into point source.

Whilst no area sources have been identified as part of the project programme, point sources have been identified

and these include diesel engines / generator sets at project site.

Source of Emissions

Point source emissions from 1 flue gas stack (DG Sets) is envisaged from the project. Details of the stack is

provided in Table 4-7. It is estimated that DG sets will operate for ~4 hours a day. The emission rate for these

stack is provided in Table 4-8.

Assumptions

The dispersion modelling assumptions considered are as follows:

The emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on sulphur content in the fuel

The emission rate of NOx was calculated based on EPA rule no. 95; NOx emission limits was considered as,

<4.7g/Kw-hr for DG of 50 KVA capacity.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover.

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modelling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect

reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation

of pollutants are negligible.

The stack emission concentrations used for dispersion modelling were taken as per CPCB guidelines issued for

conducting air quality modelling. The site meteorological data collected for monitoring period were used for

dispersion modelling.



MEASURES


Table 4-7: Stack Details

Sr. No. Stack Attached to Capacity Stack Nos.

Stack Diameter in mm

Stack Height in m

Type of Fuel used

Fuel consumption Location



3 Thermic Fluid

Heater 2 m Kcal/hr 1 700 30.5 Coal 479 Kg/hr At Site

Table 4-8: Stack Emission Estimation Details

Stack No.

Stack Attached

to Capacity

Stack Height

(m)

Stack Diameter(m)

Stack Gas Exit

Velocity, (m/s)

Stack Gas Exit Temp,

oK

Type of Fuel Used

Fuel Consumption

(Kg/Hr)

SO2

Emitted, (gm/sec)

PM Emitted, (gm/sec)

NOx Emitted, (gm/sec)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

1 D. G. Set 600 KVA 5.5 0.2 10 423 HSD 0.86 0.0001 0.00 0.0206

2 D. G. Set 60 KVA 5.5 0.1 10 423 HSD 0.86 0.0001 0.00 0.0051

3 Thermic

Fluid Heater 2 m Kcal/hr 30.5 0.7 10 388 Coal 479 0.13 0.29 0.2749



MITIGATION MEASURES


Air Quality Modelling

Air Quality Modelling for Stationary Source

The results of incremental GLCs for the above mentioned emission from the stack is provided for monitoring period.



MEASURES


Table 4-9: Incremental GLC of PM10 for monitoring period

DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 200 300 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000

10 0.04977 0.03392 0.01813 0.0072 0.00452 0.00338 0.00232 0.0018 0.00148 0.0011

20 0.04795 0.03306 0.018 0.00708 0.0042 0.00298 0.00192 0.00144 0.00117 0.00085

30 0.0465 0.03244 0.01808 0.00774 0.00522 0.00396 0.00253 0.00181 0.00139 0.00095

40 0.04529 0.03186 0.01812 0.00755 0.0046 0.00335 0.00227 0.00176 0.00144 0.00105

50 0.0443 0.03125 0.01796 0.00762 0.00465 0.00336 0.00228 0.00189 0.00175 0.00163

60 0.04361 0.03073 0.01766 0.00748 0.00455 0.00327 0.00215 0.00165 0.00136 0.001

70 0.04336 0.0305 0.01749 0.00737 0.0047 0.00382 0.00335 0.00311 0.00291 0.00255

80 0.04371 0.03083 0.01779 0.00759 0.0047 0.00342 0.00226 0.00172 0.00139 0.001

90 0.04489 0.03208 0.0194 0.00993 0.00714 0.00568 0.00407 0.00321 0.00266 0.002

100 0.04724 0.03512 0.02312 0.01221 0.00807 0.00588 0.00383 0.00306 0.00272 0.00232

110 0.05128 0.03979 0.02533 0.01183 0.00732 0.00513 0.00312 0.00227 0.00183 0.00136

120 0.05693 0.04425 0.02809 0.0129 0.00785 0.00561 0.00366 0.00282 0.0024 0.00205

130 0.06351 0.05027 0.03394 0.01677 0.01097 0.00821 0.00608 0.0052 0.00455 0.00372

140 0.07157 0.06023 0.04383 0.02354 0.01424 0.00986 0.00654 0.00563 0.00517 0.00452

150 0.0826 0.07496 0.06 0.02892 0.01586 0.01038 0.00623 0.00464 0.00382 0.00292

160 0.09741 0.09596 0.08027 0.03271 0.01692 0.01178 0.00821 0.00687 0.00601 0.00477

170 0.11579 0.12501 0.10376 0.03384 0.0199 0.01404 0.00811 0.00585 0.00493 0.00403

180 0.13659 0.16124 0.12483 0.04065 0.02349 0.01771 0.01198 0.00918 0.00765 0.00583

190 0.15651 0.19935 0.14115 0.0655 0.04404 0.03245 0.01984 0.0139 0.01065 0.00694

200 0.16902 0.22717 0.19169 0.11889 0.06934 0.04491 0.02608 0.01989 0.01687 0.0129

210 0.16833 0.22271 0.33138 0.17053 0.08445 0.05355 0.03069 0.02118 0.01593 0.01031

220 0.15836 0.18937 0.49234 0.1497 0.0616 0.03554 0.01849 0.01248 0.00954 0.00656

230 0.14696 0.14299 0.38563 0.13433 0.06459 0.04315 0.02964 0.02448 0.0214 0.01731

240 0.14038 0.06098 0.25312 0.10428 0.05217 0.03245 0.01766 0.01201 0.00894 0.00554

250 0.14537 0.12246 0.15344 0.077 0.04921 0.03402 0.02186 0.01765 0.01492 0.01078

260 0.15029 0.15037 0.1019 0.04218 0.02842 0.01962 0.01128 0.00768 0.00573 0.00354

270 0.14812 0.15142 0.08691 0.025 0.01712 0.0125 0.00857 0.00763 0.00733 0.00651



MEASURES



(DEGREES) 200 300 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000

280 0.13595 0.1293 0.0815 0.02243 0.01269 0.0091 0.00586 0.00411 0.00311 0.00204

290 0.11859 0.10236 0.0729 0.023 0.01181 0.00786 0.00482 0.00347 0.0027 0.00187

300 0.10126 0.08086 0.05913 0.03044 0.01497 0.00877 0.00441 0.00288 0.00215 0.00145

310 0.08666 0.06546 0.04502 0.03207 0.02242 0.01558 0.00952 0.00685 0.00514 0.00324

320 0.07518 0.05479 0.0339 0.0221 0.01799 0.0152 0.01158 0.00961 0.00819 0.00621

330 0.06656 0.04703 0.02687 0.01617 0.01164 0.0089 0.00599 0.00452 0.0036 0.00251

340 0.06018 0.04142 0.02321 0.01184 0.00872 0.00685 0.00502 0.00412 0.00339 0.00237

350 0.05554 0.03767 0.02059 0.00985 0.00659 0.00487 0.00318 0.00236 0.00188 0.00133

360 0.0522 0.03533 0.01885 0.00846 0.00597 0.00464 0.00314 0.00233 0.00184 0.00127



MEASURES


Figure 4-1: ISOPLETH of PM10 for Monitoring Period



MEASURES


Table 4-10: Incremental GLC of SO2 Monitoring Period


(DEGREES) 200 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 7000

10 0.25069 0.0731 0.0351 0.02166 0.01538 0.00882 0.00622 0.00411 0.00331 0.00267

20 0.24744 0.06903 0.03168 0.01857 0.01257 0.00665 0.00448 0.00278 0.00211 0.00149

30 0.2602 0.07447 0.03529 0.02108 0.01439 0.00756 0.00498 0.00296 0.00216 0.00142

40 0.2788 0.08335 0.04172 0.02627 0.01874 0.01044 0.00698 0.00407 0.00288 0.00175

50 0.28998 0.08499 0.04152 0.02773 0.02239 0.01771 0.01501 0.01145 0.00937 0.00715

60 0.28725 0.0825 0.03802 0.02245 0.01551 0.00855 0.00597 0.00396 0.00326 0.00281

70 0.2809 0.0955 0.06167 0.04928 0.04287 0.0342 0.02933 0.02246 0.01858 0.01449

80 0.28301 0.08289 0.04 0.02474 0.01736 0.00945 0.00629 0.00369 0.00267 0.00178

90 0.30786 0.09454 0.0476 0.03067 0.02243 0.01352 0.00989 0.00668 0.00523 0.00364

100 0.32516 0.0964 0.04802 0.03165 0.02438 0.01726 0.01427 0.01161 0.01079 0.01021

110 0.37412 0.10887 0.05156 0.0307 0.02072 0.01116 0.00806 0.00625 0.00625 0.00843

120 0.45918 0.14167 0.07041 0.04346 0.03031 0.01799 0.01422 0.01199 0.01203 0.01459

130 0.55712 0.18574 0.10189 0.07034 0.05475 0.03898 0.0319 0.02508 0.02258 0.02184

140 0.63467 0.21239 0.11304 0.07757 0.06043 0.04356 0.03696 0.03079 0.02941 0.03215

150 0.66042 0.20966 0.10127 0.06269 0.04474 0.02739 0.02096 0.0154 0.01376 0.0148

160 0.69196 0.22134 0.11078 0.0717 0.05356 0.03603 0.03064 0.02719 0.02807 0.03496

170 0.76596 0.2508 0.13155 0.08844 0.06778 0.04551 0.03554 0.02579 0.02174 0.01942

180 0.91733 0.33615 0.18681 0.12614 0.09476 0.05876 0.04251 0.02764 0.02067 0.01335

190 1.10998 0.41734 0.22218 0.14241 0.10222 0.05873 0.03958 0.02309 0.01582 0.00746

200 1.35993 0.5956 0.36774 0.26745 0.21073 0.14047 0.10672 0.07582 0.06337 0.0462

210 1.39024 0.57725 0.32537 0.2181 0.1607 0.09412 0.06585 0.04289 0.03489 0.02529

220 1.3251 0.51525 0.27123 0.17276 0.12345 0.06968 0.04767 0.02897 0.02124 0.01297

230 1.40923 0.66226 0.41982 0.31298 0.25355 0.17707 0.14044 0.1092 0.09794 0.07884

240 1.05158 0.4412 0.24533 0.16332 0.12089 0.06862 0.0452 0.02531 0.01762 0.01071

250 0.76923 0.33332 0.19824 0.14442 0.11783 0.08028 0.06051 0.03965 0.02906 0.01573

260 0.59781 0.25561 0.14656 0.10002 0.07632 0.04582 0.03131 0.01793 0.01171 0.00506



MEASURES



(DEGREES) 200 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 7000

270 0.46949 0.19051 0.11105 0.08093 0.06721 0.05129 0.04367 0.03207 0.02418 0.01273

280 0.38086 0.14169 0.07782 0.05267 0.03997 0.02602 0.02018 0.0129 0.0088 0.004

290 0.34616 0.11855 0.06268 0.04124 0.03021 0.01847 0.014 0.00986 0.00805 0.00598

300 0.35769 0.1191 0.05993 0.03719 0.02593 0.01418 0.00978 0.00575 0.00394 0.00208

310 0.39146 0.14523 0.08003 0.055 0.04321 0.02932 0.02314 0.01539 0.01105 0.0056

320 0.41769 0.17615 0.10979 0.0844 0.07185 0.05292 0.04229 0.02878 0.02114 0.011

330 0.39115 0.16003 0.09327 0.06497 0.04978 0.03008 0.02066 0.01195 0.00814 0.0041

340 0.33463 0.12233 0.06633 0.04412 0.03296 0.01973 0.01393 0.00914 0.00733 0.00536

350 0.28863 0.09566 0.04972 0.03235 0.02401 0.01442 0.01026 0.00686 0.00562 0.00433

360 0.26238 0.08052 0.03962 0.02455 0.01731 0.00956 0.00642 0.00382 0.00275 0.00174



MEASURES


Figure 4-2: ISOPLETH of SO2 for Monitoring Period



MEASURES


Table 4-11: Incremental GLC of NOx for Monitoring Period


(DEGREES) 200 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 7000

10 0.25069 0.0731 0.0351 0.02166 0.01538 0.00882 0.00622 0.00411 0.00331 0.00267

20 0.24744 0.06903 0.03168 0.01857 0.01257 0.00665 0.00448 0.00278 0.00211 0.00149

30 0.2602 0.07447 0.03529 0.02108 0.01439 0.00756 0.00498 0.00296 0.00216 0.00142

40 0.2788 0.08335 0.04172 0.02627 0.01874 0.01044 0.00698 0.00407 0.00288 0.00175

50 0.28998 0.08499 0.04152 0.02773 0.02239 0.01771 0.01501 0.01145 0.00937 0.00715

60 0.28725 0.0825 0.03802 0.02245 0.01551 0.00855 0.00597 0.00396 0.00326 0.00281

70 0.2809 0.0955 0.06167 0.04928 0.04287 0.0342 0.02933 0.02246 0.01858 0.01449

80 0.28301 0.08289 0.04 0.02474 0.01736 0.00945 0.00629 0.00369 0.00267 0.00178

90 0.30786 0.09454 0.0476 0.03067 0.02243 0.01352 0.00989 0.00668 0.00523 0.00364

100 0.32516 0.0964 0.04802 0.03165 0.02438 0.01726 0.01427 0.01161 0.01079 0.01021

110 0.37412 0.10887 0.05156 0.0307 0.02072 0.01116 0.00806 0.00625 0.00625 0.00843

120 0.45918 0.14167 0.07041 0.04346 0.03031 0.01799 0.01422 0.01199 0.01203 0.01459

130 0.55712 0.18574 0.10189 0.07034 0.05475 0.03898 0.0319 0.02508 0.02258 0.02184

140 0.63467 0.21239 0.11304 0.07757 0.06043 0.04356 0.03696 0.03079 0.02941 0.03215

150 0.66042 0.20966 0.10127 0.06269 0.04474 0.02739 0.02096 0.0154 0.01376 0.0148

160 0.69196 0.22134 0.11078 0.0717 0.05356 0.03603 0.03064 0.02719 0.02807 0.03496

170 0.76596 0.2508 0.13155 0.08844 0.06778 0.04551 0.03554 0.02579 0.02174 0.01942

180 0.91733 0.33615 0.18681 0.12614 0.09476 0.05876 0.04251 0.02764 0.02067 0.01335

190 1.10998 0.41734 0.22218 0.14241 0.10222 0.05873 0.03958 0.02309 0.01582 0.00746

200 1.35993 0.5956 0.36774 0.26745 0.21073 0.14047 0.10672 0.07582 0.06337 0.0462

210 1.39024 0.57725 0.32537 0.2181 0.1607 0.09412 0.06585 0.04289 0.03489 0.02529

220 1.3251 0.51525 0.27123 0.17276 0.12345 0.06968 0.04767 0.02897 0.02124 0.01297

230 1.40923 0.66226 0.41982 0.31298 0.25355 0.17707 0.14044 0.1092 0.09794 0.07884

240 1.05158 0.4412 0.24533 0.16332 0.12089 0.06862 0.0452 0.02531 0.01762 0.01071

250 0.76923 0.33332 0.19824 0.14442 0.11783 0.08028 0.06051 0.03965 0.02906 0.01573



MEASURES



(DEGREES) 200 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 7000

260 0.59781 0.25561 0.14656 0.10002 0.07632 0.04582 0.03131 0.01793 0.01171 0.00506

270 0.46949 0.19051 0.11105 0.08093 0.06721 0.05129 0.04367 0.03207 0.02418 0.01273

280 0.38086 0.14169 0.07782 0.05267 0.03997 0.02602 0.02018 0.0129 0.0088 0.004

290 0.34616 0.11855 0.06268 0.04124 0.03021 0.01847 0.014 0.00986 0.00805 0.00598

300 0.35769 0.1191 0.05993 0.03719 0.02593 0.01418 0.00978 0.00575 0.00394 0.00208

310 0.39146 0.14523 0.08003 0.055 0.04321 0.02932 0.02314 0.01539 0.01105 0.0056

320 0.41769 0.17615 0.10979 0.0844 0.07185 0.05292 0.04229 0.02878 0.02114 0.011

330 0.39115 0.16003 0.09327 0.06497 0.04978 0.03008 0.02066 0.01195 0.00814 0.0041

340 0.33463 0.12233 0.06633 0.04412 0.03296 0.01973 0.01393 0.00914 0.00733 0.00536

350 0.28863 0.09566 0.04972 0.03235 0.02401 0.01442 0.01026 0.00686 0.00562 0.00433

360 0.26238 0.08052 0.03962 0.02455 0.01731 0.00956 0.00642 0.00382 0.00275 0.00174



MEASURES


Figure 4-3: ISOPLETH of NOx for Monitoring Period



MEASURES


Air Quality Modelling for Line Source

The results of incremental GLCs for the line sources (road traffic) is provided for paved road and emission from the exhaust of the vehicles.

Table 4-12: Incremental GLC for PM, Paved Road


DEGREES 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

10 2.7732 3.51715 3.41897 3.0651 2.67502 1.31676 0.43058 0.1882 0.097 0.05544

20 4.75694 2.77267 2.02529 1.86729 1.70113 1.01287 0.32527 0.11959 0.05249 0.02653

30 3.71391 3.2577 2.67525 1.87969 1.30181 0.49526 0.088 0.01079 0.00158 0.00036

40 3.23635 2.54339 1.46719 1.27016 0.94781 0.39945 0.25999 0.1541 0.08032 0.0403

50 3.486 1.87348 1.40722 0.85362 0.72108 0.30194 0.21461 0.17281 0.14594 0.12501

60 3.46697 2.13418 1.27558 1.09167 0.79112 0.57403 0.42398 0.333 0.24394 0.1651

70 3.11196 1.69961 1.5366 1.4217 1.31733 0.9797 0.32052 0.23847 0.19168 0.16292

80 2.6963 1.6666 1.52013 1.39765 1.33009 1.06199 0.73339 0.37696 0.2393 0.16817

90 2.56551 1.64562 1.82406 1.83115 1.77723 1.23557 0.87048 0.459 0.24704 0.18688

100 2.6967 2.60565 2.49715 2.51099 2.43794 1.89866 0.52979 0.44141 0.37901 0.3227

110 2.66769 3.09639 3.2855 3.29782 3.19421 1.41372 0.59764 0.41574 0.22152 0.14611

120 3.8623 5.29246 5.32775 4.74487 4.62549 2.13758 1.32833 1.02566 0.75123 0.54638

130 5.28969 7.61113 7.68619 6.00557 5.71316 3.48457 1.36702 0.83213 0.54704 0.39342

140 5.75458 8.87292 8.93532 7.49713 7.06012 2.76077 0.80428 0.60587 0.43417 0.30753

150 5.70537 10.38553 10.98698 9.91424 8.32266 2.87479 1.14972 0.61015 0.31906 0.18982

160 3.65957 9.27262 11.21265 10.17306 7.79035 4.26917 1.78545 0.72167 0.36621 0.21984

170 4.1628 5.8483 8.9862 10.68554 9.73307 3.29709 0.46259 0.20975 0.12793 0.09128

180 4.23877 6.59041 7.63615 7.104 5.24376 2.16463 0.96089 0.5668 0.38679 0.28702

190 8.67604 7.17984 5.26248 4.05466 2.64571 0.09114 0.01716 0.01098 0.00785 0.00604

200 6.88489 5.43084 4.4079 3.91908 3.71748 1.4468 0.40707 0.2349 0.15636 0.11218

210 5.64989 3.83356 2.04017 1.63915 1.5145 0.90112 0.44517 0.26061 0.17264 0.12378

220 4.80816 2.8678 1.61608 1.39245 1.23263 0.79341 0.11087 0.06356 0.04039 0.03123

230 4.15862 2.22464 1.23171 1.02768 0.88737 0.58739 0.32188 0.23467 0.15683 0.10375

240 3.64676 1.83126 0.98584 0.83055 0.68884 0.39516 0.26184 0.17989 0.11521 0.07419

250 3.06802 1.43061 0.64848 0.53334 0.4628 0.24813 0.07851 0.05274 0.03884 0.02959



MEASURES



DEGREES 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

260 2.66155 1.2521 0.46555 0.3522 0.30092 0.15712 0.08174 0.03715 0.01708 0.00838

270 2.33112 1.17931 0.39739 0.29311 0.22738 0.13772 0.07905 0.0473 0.02841 0.01771

280 2.05347 1.1146 0.3916 0.30013 0.25604 0.08649 0.0437 0.02561 0.01986 0.01599

290 1.86982 1.08522 0.50386 0.30088 0.26171 0.14888 0.0247 0.0135 0.01024 0.00813

300 1.89086 1.16951 0.7406 0.39002 0.22259 0.11807 0.07452 0.05184 0.03781 0.02866

310 1.96399 1.27055 0.93427 0.67584 0.46527 0.09728 0.03546 0.01468 0.00701 0.00514

320 1.87387 1.26352 0.98677 0.8134 0.68135 0.28785 0.10209 0.05042 0.02795 0.01684

330 1.41862 0.87751 0.60096 0.49427 0.42396 0.24906 0.12604 0.07746 0.05293 0.03862

340 1.80986 0.83718 0.642 0.51978 0.43322 0.21353 0.08224 0.04234 0.02525 0.0165

350 3.47573 1.64399 0.72312 0.35501 0.21054 0.07508 0.03254 0.01937 0.01326 0.00984

360 2.75727 2.32882 1.87388 1.52817 1.27239 0.6369 0.2742 0.15822 0.10463 0.07501



MEASURES


Figure 4-4: Isopleth for PM



MEASURES


Table 4-13: Incremental GLC or PM from Engine Exhaust


(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

10 0.0075 0.0095 0.0092 0.0083 0.0072 0.0036 0.0012 0.0005 0.0003 0.0002

20 0.0128 0.0075 0.0055 0.0050 0.0046 0.0027 0.0009 0.0003 0.0001 0.0001

30 0.0100 0.0088 0.0072 0.0051 0.0035 0.0013 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

40 0.0087 0.0069 0.0040 0.0034 0.0026 0.0011 0.0007 0.0004 0.0002 0.0001

50 0.0094 0.0051 0.0038 0.0023 0.0020 0.0008 0.0006 0.0005 0.0004 0.0003

60 0.0094 0.0058 0.0034 0.0030 0.0021 0.0016 0.0011 0.0009 0.0007 0.0005

70 0.0084 0.0046 0.0042 0.0038 0.0036 0.0027 0.0009 0.0006 0.0005 0.0004

80 0.0073 0.0045 0.0041 0.0038 0.0036 0.0029 0.0020 0.0010 0.0007 0.0005

90 0.0069 0.0044 0.0049 0.0049 0.0048 0.0033 0.0024 0.0012 0.0007 0.0005

100 0.0073 0.0070 0.0067 0.0068 0.0066 0.0051 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010 0.0009

110 0.0072 0.0084 0.0089 0.0089 0.0086 0.0038 0.0016 0.0011 0.0006 0.0004

120 0.0104 0.0143 0.0144 0.0128 0.0125 0.0058 0.0036 0.0028 0.0020 0.0015

130 0.0143 0.0206 0.0208 0.0162 0.0154 0.0094 0.0037 0.0023 0.0015 0.0011

140 0.0155 0.0240 0.0241 0.0202 0.0191 0.0075 0.0022 0.0016 0.0012 0.0008

150 0.0154 0.0280 0.0297 0.0268 0.0225 0.0078 0.0031 0.0017 0.0009 0.0005

160 0.0099 0.0250 0.0303 0.0275 0.0210 0.0115 0.0048 0.0020 0.0010 0.0006

170 0.0112 0.0158 0.0243 0.0289 0.0263 0.0089 0.0013 0.0006 0.0004 0.0003

180 0.0114 0.0178 0.0206 0.0192 0.0142 0.0058 0.0026 0.0015 0.0010 0.0008

190 0.0234 0.0194 0.0142 0.0110 0.0071 0.0003 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

200 0.0186 0.0147 0.0119 0.0106 0.0100 0.0039 0.0011 0.0006 0.0004 0.0003

210 0.0153 0.0104 0.0055 0.0044 0.0041 0.0024 0.0012 0.0007 0.0005 0.0003

220 0.0130 0.0077 0.0044 0.0038 0.0033 0.0021 0.0003 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001

230 0.0112 0.0060 0.0033 0.0028 0.0024 0.0016 0.0009 0.0006 0.0004 0.0003

240 0.0099 0.0049 0.0027 0.0022 0.0019 0.0011 0.0007 0.0005 0.0003 0.0002

250 0.0083 0.0039 0.0018 0.0014 0.0013 0.0007 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001

260 0.0072 0.0034 0.0013 0.0010 0.0008 0.0004 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000



MEASURES



(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

270 0.0063 0.0032 0.0011 0.0008 0.0006 0.0004 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001

280 0.0055 0.0030 0.0011 0.0008 0.0007 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000

290 0.0051 0.0029 0.0014 0.0008 0.0007 0.0004 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

300 0.0051 0.0032 0.0020 0.0011 0.0006 0.0003 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001

310 0.0053 0.0034 0.0025 0.0018 0.0013 0.0003 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

320 0.0051 0.0034 0.0027 0.0022 0.0018 0.0008 0.0003 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001

330 0.0038 0.0024 0.0016 0.0013 0.0011 0.0007 0.0003 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001

340 0.0049 0.0023 0.0017 0.0014 0.0012 0.0006 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000

350 0.0094 0.0044 0.0020 0.0010 0.0006 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000

360 0.0074 0.0063 0.0051 0.0041 0.0034 0.0017 0.0007 0.0004 0.0003 0.0002



MEASURES


Figure 4-5 Isopleth for PM from Engine Exhaust



MEASURES


Table 4-14 Incremental GCL for NOx from Engine Exhaust

DIRECTION DISTANCE(METERS)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

10 1.25 1.58 1.54 1.38 1.20 0.59 0.19 0.08 0.04 0.02

20 2.14 1.25 0.91 0.84 0.77 0.46 0.15 0.05 0.02 0.01

30 1.67 1.47 1.20 0.85 0.59 0.22 0.04 0.0049 0.0007 0.0002

40 1.46 1.14 0.66 0.57 0.43 0.18 0.12 0.07 0.04 0.02

50 1.57 0.84 0.63 0.38 0.32 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06

60 1.56 0.96 0.57 0.49 0.36 0.26 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.07

70 1.40 0.76 0.69 0.64 0.59 0.44 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07

80 1.21 0.75 0.68 0.63 0.60 0.48 0.33 0.17 0.11 0.08

90 1.15 0.74 0.82 0.82 0.80 0.56 0.39 0.21 0.11 0.08

100 1.21 1.17 1.12 1.13 1.10 0.85 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.15

110 1.20 1.39 1.48 1.48 1.44 0.64 0.27 0.19 0.10 0.07

120 1.74 2.38 2.40 2.14 2.08 0.96 0.60 0.46 0.34 0.25

130 2.38 3.43 3.46 2.70 2.57 1.57 0.62 0.37 0.25 0.18

140 2.59 3.99 4.02 3.37 3.18 1.24 0.36 0.27 0.20 0.14

150 2.57 4.67 4.94 4.46 3.75 1.29 0.52 0.27 0.14 0.09

160 1.65 4.17 5.05 4.58 3.51 1.92 0.80 0.32 0.16 0.10

170 1.87 2.63 4.04 4.81 4.38 1.48 0.21 0.09 0.06 0.04

180 1.91 2.97 3.44 3.20 2.36 0.97 0.43 0.26 0.17 0.13

190 3.90 3.23 2.37 1.82 1.19 0.04 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

200 3.10 2.44 1.98 1.76 1.67 0.65 0.18 0.11 0.07 0.05

210 2.54 1.73 0.92 0.74 0.68 0.41 0.20 0.12 0.08 0.06

220 2.16 1.29 0.73 0.63 0.55 0.36 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01

230 1.87 1.00 0.55 0.46 0.40 0.26 0.14 0.11 0.07 0.05

240 1.64 0.82 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.18 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.03

250 1.38 0.64 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.11 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01



MEASURES


DIRECTION DISTANCE(METERS)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

260 1.20 0.56 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00

270 1.05 0.53 0.18 0.13 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01

280 0.92 0.50 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

290 0.84 0.49 0.23 0.14 0.12 0.07 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

300 0.85 0.53 0.33 0.18 0.10 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01

310 0.88 0.57 0.42 0.30 0.21 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00

320 0.84 0.57 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.13 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.01

330 0.64 0.39 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.11 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.02

340 0.81 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.19 0.10 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01

350 1.56 0.74 0.33 0.16 0.09 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

360 1.24 1.05 0.84 0.69 0.57 0.29 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.03



MEASURES


Figure 4-6 Isopleth NOx from Engine Exhaust



MITIGATION MEASURES


Results

Point Source

The incremental increase in GLC of SOx, NOx & PM due to consumption HSD for proposed stack is presented in

Table 4-9, Table 4-10 and Table 4-11 for point source. The worst combined environmental situation is

predicted as the sum of maximum monitored value of a parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring

location. This is a conservative estimate and probability of such occurrence is unlikely. The predicted results are

summarized below in Table 4-15.

Line Source

The incremental increase in GLC of NOx & PM due to vehicular movement for proposed project is presented in

Table 4-12, Table 4-13 and Table 4-14 for line source. The worst combined environmental situation is

predicted as the sum of maximum monitored value of a parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring

location. This is a conservative estimate and probability of such occurrence is unlikely. The predicted results are

summarized below in

Table 4-16.

Table 4-15: Average Incremental Increase in GLC (Point Source)

S. No.

Name of Village/ Industry

Pollutant

Average Monitored Baseline

Concentration

Incremental GLC due to Point Source

Total Predictive GLC

(Distance in km/Direction)

(µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6=C4+C5

1 Temple- Nr Oil Jetty

(0.15/N)

PM 124 0.0522 124.1

SOX 13.2 0.25 13.5

NOX 20.3 0.26 20.6

2 350 m SW from Project boundary

(0.35/SW)

PM 96 0.181 96.2

SOX 17.9 0.51 18.4

NOX 32.8 0.66 33.5

3 New KPT colony

(0.9/SSW)

PM 134 0.118 134.1

SOX 12.8 0.1 12.9

NOX 17 0.24 17.2

4 Kandla (1.37/SW)

PM 193 0.0631 193.1

SOX 16.5 0.07 16.6

NOX 25.1 0.17 25.3

5 Nr. ASAPPL terminal

(1.39/WNW)

PM 119 0.023 119.0

SOX 11.5 0.026 11.5

NOX 19.1 0.026 19.1

6 Ahir Salt (Salt Pan)

(2.62/NW)

PM 113 0.0129 113.0

SOX 14.6 0.015 14.6

NOX 23 0.022 23.0

7 700 m South from project boundary

(0.7/S)

PM 150 0.0827 150.1

SOX 7.4 0.13 7.5

NOX 13.6 0.156 13.8

8 Khari Rohar Village

(6.93/NW)

PM 124 0.00473 124.0

SOX 11 0.013 11.0

NOX 17.2 0.0079 17.2



MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-16: Average Incremental Increase in GLC (Line Source)

S. No.

Name of Village/ Industry

Pollutant

Average Monitored Baseline

Concentration

Incremental GLC (Exhaust)

Total Predictive GLC

(Distance in km/Direction)

(µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6=C4+C5

1 Temple- Nr Oil Jetty

(0.15/N)

PM 124 0.0069 124.0

NOX 20.3 1.14 21.4

2 350 m SW from Project

boundary (0.35/SW)

PM 96 0.0036 96.0

NOX 32.8 0.59 33.4

3 New KPT colony

(0.9/SSW)

PM 134 0.0039 134.0

NOX 17 0.65 17.7

4 Kandla (1.37/SW) PM 193 0.0012 193.0

NOX 25.1 0.2 25.3

5 Nr. ASAPPL terminal

(1.39/WNW)

PM 119 0.0001 119.0

NOX 19.1 0.04 19.1

6 Ahir Salt (Salt Pan)

(2.62/NW)

PM 113 0.0001 113.0

NOX 23 0.02 23.0

7 700 m South from project boundary

(0.7/S)

PM 150 0.005 150.0

NOX 13.6 1.67 15.3

Mitigation Measures

Table 4-17: Impact Scoring – Air Environment

Code Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring

Mitigation Measures Severity, S

Likelihood, P

Final Score

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Vehicle movement for

transportation of materials and equipment

1 3 3 Vehicles must be PUC

certified, water sprinkling

2 Excavation work 2 3 6

3 Laying of above/ on

ground/ underground pipelines

1 5 5 Safety appliance will be

given to workers

4 Final cleaning of site 1 5 5 Safety appliance will be

given to workers

Operation Phase

5 Operation of DG Sets 1 4 4

Adequate stack height will be provided with Air Pollution Control Device

(APCD)

6 Operation of Thermic Fluid

Heater 1 4 4

Adequate stack height will be provided with Air Pollution Control Device

(APCD) and proper technique for handling

of coal



MITIGATION MEASURES



Impact Scoring

Mitigation Measures Severity, S

Likelihood, P

Final Score

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

7 Vehicle movement for

transportation of materials 1 4 4

Vehicles must be PUC certified and paved road

for movement of vehicles

4.4.3 Noise and Vibration

The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the

surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise

out of the following:

Noise from Dismantling of tank and Site Preparation

During construction phase, operation of earth movers like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be used. The

machinery will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any

adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the

frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.

Noise from DG Set, Thermic Fluid Heater etc.

Noise generated from DG Set, Thermic Fluid Heater, etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the

nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day.



MEASURES


Table 4-18: Environmental Impact Scoring – Noise Environment

S No.

Project Activity Identified

Aspect

O/N/AN/E

/L/T

Impact Scoring

Significance/ Consequence

Operation Controls/Mitigation Measures

EMP required Severity,

S

Probability

P

Final Score

S × P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10

A Construction Phase


1.1 Dismantling of existing

structure

Noise generation due to the

movement of vehicles

(O, L) 3 1 3 Minor PUC certified vehicles will be used No

1.2 Removal of vegetation Noise generation due to vehicular

movement (O&N) 3 1 3 Minor PUC certified vehicles will be used No

1.3

Vehicle movement for transportation of

materials and equipment

Noise generation due excavation

operations (O&N,T) 3 2 6 Less Significant

PPE’s like ear muff and ear plug will be provided to workers during construction work.

Yes

2 Installation of

Storage Tanks and related activities

2.1 Excavation work Noise generation due to increase in

traffic (O&N,T) 2 2 4 Less Significant PUC certified vehicles will be used No

2.2 Civil Construction work Noise and vibration during foundation

(O&N,T) 2 2 4 Less Significant

PPE’s like ear muff and ear plug will be provided to workers during construction work.

No

2.3 Heavy fabrication work including metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding)

Noise and vibration during fabrication

(O&N,T) 2 2 4 Less Significant No

2.4 Installation of Thermic

Fluid Heater Noise and vibration during construction


2.5 Installation of Tank and Truck loading

platform

Noise and vibration during construction




MEASURES


S No.

Project Activity Identified

Aspect

O/N/AN/E

/L/T

Impact Scoring

Significance/ Consequence

Operation Controls/Mitigation Measures

EMP required Severity,

S

Probability

P

Final Score

S × P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10


2.6

Laying of insulated pipelines from Jetty to Terminal for receiving

Bitumen from Ship

Noise and vibration during laying

pipeline (O&N,T) 2 2 4 Less Significant No

3 Operation phase

3.1 Pipeline cleaning (i.e. Pigging of pipeline)

While depressurizing the

pipeline (A,T) 2 4 8 Less Significant

PPE’s like ear muff and ear plug will be provided to workers during cleaning of pipeline.

No

3.2

Start up and shut down of activities like operation of Thermic Fluid Heater, D.G. set

Due to start up and shut down

(A, N, T) 2 5 10 Moderately Significant

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to the machines.

PPE’s like ear muff and ear plug will be provided to workers during cleaning of pipeline.

Yes



MITIGATION MEASURES


Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan

Noise modelling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map

generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points

due to the sources present at the project site.

To analyse the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project

site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure

Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isoplates, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that

particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by

CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will

show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in

Red colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in

SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.

Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are

considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 4-19.

Table 4-19: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels

S. No. Sources Levels dB(A)

1. DG Sets 85

2. Pumps 85

3. Thermic Fluid heater 90

4. Vehicular Movement 85

Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and night time are as given in Figure 4-7 and

Figure 4-8.



MEASURES


Figure 4-7: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during daytime



MEASURES


Figure 4-8: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during night-time



MEASURES


Observations

The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:

1. The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night.

However, sound pressure levels are considered on higher side for more critical analysis.

2. SoundPlan analysis predicts an increase of 0.1 to 0.2 dB during the daytime and 0.1 to 0.3 dB during night time.

3. In industrial area, cumulative incremental increase predicted during day and night time is observed within the allowable CPCB limits, so it will not cause any

impact outside the industrial boundary. In Residential area, cumulative incremental increase observed is slightly higher than the allowable CPCB limits which will

cause negligible impact due to proposed project.

4. Baseline data for Noise has been monitored at 4 places i.e. within 1 km area from project boundary as noise generated from the proposed project will not cause

any impact more than 1 km.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-20.

Table 4-20: Noise level at receptor locations

S. No. Receiver Name Category

CPCB Limits in dB (A) Baseline Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

Predicted Cumulative incremental increase in

Noise level dB (A)

Incremental increase in Noise level dB (A)

Day Night

Day Night Day Night Day Night

A B C

Algorithmic Calculation C=B-A

1 Near Rishi Shipping Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.1 50.6 57.1 50.6 0.0 0.0

2 South side from proposed project

boundary Industrial 75.0 70.0 55.1 45.1 55.3 45.4 0.2 0.3

3 Near Oil Jetty Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.2 59.9 69.4 60.1 0.2 0.2

4 New KPT Colony Residential 55.0 45.0 54.8 46.7 54.9 46.8 0.1 0.1

As seen in the Table 4-20 above, SoundPlan analysis is carried out assuming that there are no obstructions (such as trees, buildings, walls etc.) in between the

receiver locations and the sources of sound, which is not true in real conditions. Therefore, the actual results which SoundPlan has predicted are going to be much

lower than provided results of SoundPlan given in above table.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Mitigation Measures

Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations

outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site,

and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of

Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigation in order to avoid any permanent hearing

damage to the people working inside the project site.

Acoustic Enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation

Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and

earplugs.

Rotation of workers in the high noise area

High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.

Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible

Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machinery.

Equipment to be maintained in good working order.

Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human

health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).

Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.

All equipment operated within specified design parameters.

4.4.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste

Table 4-21: Impact Scoring – Solid & Hazardous Waste

S. No. Impacting

Activity

Impact Scoring Remarks

Severity, S Probability, P Final Score, S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6



1.1 Dismantling of

existing structure -2 2 -4

Low Impact. C & D waste will be used for filling of low lying areas and other scrap/metal waste will

be reused for structural work wherever is required. The surplus

scrap material will be sold out.

2 Installation of Bitumen Storage Tanks and related activities

2.1

Heavy fabrication work including metal cutting, Gas cutting,

welding for tank, pipeline, other steel structure

-2 2 -4

Low Impact as Solid waste generation from fabrication work like metal waste & scrap Material will be handed over to authorized

recyclers.

2.2 Painting &

Insulation of Tanks

-2 1 -2 Low impact as temporary activity

2.3 Final cleaning of

site -1 2 -2 Minor Impact

B Operation Phase

3.1 Pipeline cleaning (i.e. Pigging of

pipeline) -2 1 -2

Minor impact as spill control measures will be in place in case

of any leakage or spillage.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Mitigation Measures

Care shall be taken during loading/ unloading of material to avoid leakage and spillage of Chemicals.

Construction and demolition waste will be used for filling of low lying area while scrap material will be reused

for structural work wherever is required. The surplus scrap material will be sold out.

Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage areas

as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters which can contaminate the

surroundings.

Recyclable waste will be handed over to authorized recyclers

4.4.5 Geology and Hydrogeology

This is a marshy land, the upper soil layer is saline in nature and upper aquifers are yielding saline water used for

domestic purpose only.

The activities proposed in the area do not anyway disturb the Geological and Hydrogeological condition of the area.

Hence, there will not be any adverse impact on geology and ground water as groundwater is highly brackish/saline

and used for domestic purpose only.

4.4.6 Soil Conservation

Table 4-22: Impact Scoring for Soil


Impact Scoring

Basis of scoring Severity, S Probability, P

Final Score

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6




structure 2 2 4

Moderate impact due to soil erosion and impact on soil quality due to construction

materia

1.2 Removal of vegetation 2 2 4 Moderate loss of soil due to

erosion

B Operation Phase

1.3 Loading of products from

Storage tanks to Road tankers

2 2 4 Moderate impact due to

spillage of materials

1.4 Pumping / transfer of

products through pipelines

2 2 4 Spillage due to leakage may have minor impact on soil

quality

1.9

Leakage or spillage of chemicals (at hose

connection & loading arm, dipping or gauging

and sampling

2 2 4 Spillage due to leakage of chemicals may have minor

impact on soil quality

Mitigation Measures:

Spillage of construction materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration on soil

quality as cement is highly alkaline

Spillage of chemicals, oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination.



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.4.7 Occupational Health & Safety

Table 4-23: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety

Code Impacting Activity Aspect Impact Scoring

Basis of Scoring Safety Measures/

Mitigation Measures S P S × P


structure Accident may

occur -2 2 -4

c=-2 for affecting work

performance,

P=2 as it might occur

safety signage and PPEs will be provided

1.2 Removal of vegetation Injury to worker

-1 2 -2

c=-1 for not affecting work performance,


PPEs will be provided

2.3 Heavy fabrication work including metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding)

Exposure of heat

-2 2 -4


performance,



1.1 Loading and unloading of

products to/from ship Leakage or

spillage -1 2 -2



Proper connection with the arms, proper earthing and safety measures provided

1.3 Loading and unloading of

products to/from Road tankers

Leakage or spillage

-1 2 -2

It will be within the site area so



Paved flooring is provided and proper earthing and safety

measures provided to the tankers

1.4 Pumping / transfer of


Leakage or spillage

-2 2 -4

C=2 as spillage may cause temporary

affecting work performance and P=2 as it might

occur

Leak detection System (SCADA

system may be put in use); Spill control plan is available

2.0 Storage of products

(chemicals) Possibility of

fire -2 2 -4

C=2 as spillage may cause temporary

affecting work performance and P=2 as it might

occur

Safety devises are provided

2.1

Start up and shut down of activities like

operation of Thermic Fluid Heater, D.G. set

Injury to worker

-2 2 -4


performance,



S: Severity; P: Probability; S x P: Final Score

General Safety Measures

Considering the bitumen handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be provided at the site.

Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/ Notice to wear the same will be

displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Regular monitoring of pipeline, welding joints etc.

ERP will be available at office and with responsible persons.

Regular training programme for safety awareness.

Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.

Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.

Any leakage/spillage of oil shall be immediately attended.

Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers also.

Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.

Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.

Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.

Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.

Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.

Work permit systems will be strictly followed

Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will be discussed in

the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.

Mitigation Measures

Medical check-up would be carried out at regular intervals

During installation of storage tank proper care would be taken by ABPL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to

site workers and staff members

Hand gloves, covered face mask and gum shoes will be used as and when required

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment

ABPL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill.

4.4.8 Socio-Economics

Human settlements i.e. Kandla (CT) and Kharirohar (falls under Mithirohar Panchayat) is quiet far away from the

proposed site having the negligible impact. The construction and installation activities will surely generate

employment opportunities, both direct and indirect, for the local people. A number of skilled and unskilled workers

can be employed which generate direct or indirect employment and improves the standard of living of the project

affected people. Additional facilities such as medical, educational and infrastructural development will also take

place. The frequency of transportation will also increase which will directly affect the living conditions of the people

in the study area.

However, there are many illegal residents near the proposed site whose main occupation is fishing. As the proposed

site is on the Kandla Port Trust (KPT) land, the project will require that these illegal residents vacate the place. As

the encroachment is illegal, no resettlement, whatsoever, will be provided

Mitigation Measures

The project proponent will seek to provide better educational facilities in the project affected area and shall

equip the schools with furniture and technological aids that help in providing better education.

The project proponent will provide employment to the local people.

The project proponent will try to repair the existing poor road conditions in the area to facilitate the

transportation.

4.5 Marine Environment

4.5.1 Water

Likely impact scores on water environment are presented in Table 4-24.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-24: Impact Scoring for Surface Water

S. No. Impacting

Activity

Impact Scoring Remarks

Severity, S Probability, P Final Score, S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6


1.1 Hydro-testing -2 2 -4 Low impact as temporary activity.

The generated waste will be stored in storage tank.

B Operation Phase

2.1

Loading and unloading of


-2 3 6

Low impact.

Care shall be taken for leakage of waste to avoid run off

contamination.

2.2

Pumping / transfer of


-2 1 -2 Minor Impact

2.3

Leakage or spillage of

Bitumen (at hose connection &

loading arm and sampling

-2 1 -2 Minor impact as spill control

measures will be in place in case of any leakage or spillage.

Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce water related impacts:


Proper collection and storage facility will be provided at site to store liquid effluent and it will be sent to SEPPL,

TSDF facility for further treatment.

Regular maintenance of pipeline will be carried out to avoid leakage and spillage.



surroundings.

4.5.2 Flora Fauna

Table 4-25: Impact Scoring – Ecology & Biodiversity

Code Impact

Impact Scoring

Significance Severity, S

Probability

P

Final Score

S x P

Pre-Construction Phase

1 Site specific disturbance to normal

faunal movement at site -2 4 -8 Less Significant

Operational Phase

2 Oil spillages on marine environment

due to unforeseen situations e.g. Vessel collision

-4 2 -8 Less Significant

Mitigation Measures

Looking towards the likely impacts following mitigation measures will be implemented in Table 4-26.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-26: Suggested Mitigation Measures

Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures

C1 C2 C3

Pre Preparation Phase

1

Site specific disturbance to normal faunal movement at site.

No immediate action required because all species reported from project site are common and well

adapted to the routine urban activities.

Operational Phase

2 Oil spillages on marine environment due to unforeseen situations e.g. Vessel collision

Spillage control plan prepared by KPT will be implemented.

4.5.3 Noise and vibration

Construction Phase

Noise from Machinery/Equipment

During construction phase equipment like JCB, crane and dumper will be used for site preparation. The equipment

will be used during daytime and underwater sound pressure waves will be generated. Thus, there will be adverse

impact on fish behaviour. This is likely linked to the importance of sound to fish when they hunt for prey, avoid

predators and engage in social interaction.

Mitigation Measure

Heavy vehicles and machineries used for construction purpose will be well maintained so noise & vibration

generation will occur less. Also make sure to not to do work during night time to avoid noise generation annoyance

to marine life and terrestrial life.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 Introduction

Based on the identified aspects from the proposed activities on air, noise, water, land, ecology and biodiversity and

socio-economic environment, scoring were done based on its severity and probability as discussed in Chapter 4.

Thus, monitoring program is required based on its consequence. The preliminary budgetary monitoring plans are as

discussed in this chapter. These EMPs are based on the technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of

mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules,

emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules.

5.2 Objective of Monitoring

Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:

Evaluate effectiveness of implementation of mitigation measures identified in Chapter 4.

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures

Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance

5.3 Environmental Monitoring Program

The post project monitoring is an equally important aspect in Environmental Management Plan. In order to verify

the outcome on the implemented mitigation measures and also to alter the proposed mitigation, the post project

monitoring becomes inevitable. Kadam Environmental Consultants can follow up its Environmental Assessment

study and extend suitably on required parameters as detailed in this Section. Environment monitoring plan is given

in Table 5-1. Water and sediment samples can be collected from at least 3 stations including core and buffer zone

as shown in Figure 3-5.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


Table 5-1: Environmental Monitoring Program

S. No. Activity Measurement Methodology

Frequency Location Data Analysis Reporting Schedule

Emergency Procedure

Detailed Budget


A Air Pollution Monitoring

1.

Ambient air monitoring of parameters

specified by GPCB in their air consents from time to time within the

project premises

IS 5182

& CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 (Gravimetric Method)

Six monthly in a year

At Main Gate or Material gate

PM10, PM2.5, Sox, NOx Contractor -

150000 2.


specified by GPCB in their air consents from

time to time at stations outside the

project site

IS 5182 Six monthly in a

year At Main Gate or Material gate


3.

Stack monitoring of DG set as given in air consent from time to

time


year At DG Set SOx, NOx Contractor

Regulator maintenance of equipment to be

done

B Noise Pollution Monitoring

4. Noise Generation due to operation of DG set

etc. IS 9989 : 1981


At DG Set Noise Levels Contractor


done

100000

C Water Pollution Monitoring

5

Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for

the parameters specified by GPCB in their water consent from time to time

APHA : 23rd Edition Monthly when in

operation At ETP

DO, BOD, COD, pH, TDS, Oil & Grease, Ammonical nitrogen

Contractor - 100000

D Solid Waste Generation Monitoring

6. Records of generation of used drums and

Manual Daily At Waste

Storage Area Waste generation Site in-charge - 100000






Emergency Procedure

Detailed Budget

records of their dispatch to suppliers

for refilling

7. Records of generation of waste oils and their

treatment Manual Daily

At Waste Storage Area

Quantity of oil generated

Site in-charge -

8.

Records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and

disposal of other solid, aqueous and organic hazardous wastes as

required by hazardous waste authorization


Storage Area Waste generation Site in-charge -

E Marine Monitoring

9. Analysis of water

samples APHA : 23rd Edition

Once every six months

Kandla Creek

pH, Temperature, BOD, DO, Ammonia, Nitrites,

Nitrates, Total Nitrogen, Salinity, Turbidity, Total

Suspended Solids, Potassium, Chlorides, Calcium, Zinc, Iron, Copper, Cadmium, Mercury, Phenolic

compounds

Contractor - 150000

10. Analysis of Sediment



Kandla Creek

Texture, Total Phosphorus, Total Organic carbon,

Phenolic compounds, Cadmium, Chromium,

Lead, Mercury

Contractor - 150000

11.

To determine the composition and

distribution of major groups of fauna

Once in a year Kandla Creek Phytoplankton,

Zooplankton, Benthos, Fishery

Contractor - 200000






Emergency Procedure

Detailed Budget

12 Monitoring of

Mangroves in five stations

Once in a year Around Kandla

Creek Mangroves Contractor 200000

Total Budget 1150000


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


5.3.1 Occupational Health Management Plan

Noise

Noise will be regularly monitored plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental noise parameters

as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment to ensure that all noise generating

equipment do not emit noise in excess of the statutory norms.

All workmen will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug, ear muff etc. where noise levels in excess of

80 dB (A) are regularly generated.

Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are

minimized to the extent possible. To the extent feasible, equipment will be purchased considering noise generation

as one of the parameters.

Heat

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently, special requirements for

protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the following shall be carried out:

Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation.

Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure workers have easy

access to the same.

In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as heat resistant gloves

will be used.

Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment

The possibility of suspended particles going into the body of the workmen, either in the form of inhalation,

ingestion or through skin absorption are least and negligible as because the entire operation at the plant will be

performed under closed loop condition, right from charging till discharging, hence it’s a rare possibility that the

workmen will come in direct contact with raw material or final goods.

At the same time the level of SPM and RPM will definitely be of least and nominal value. But even though the same

will be under closed monitoring and periodical surveillance as per EIA norms and applicable legislations and any

minor deviation from the same will be dealt immediately and will be corrected.

Further to this all of the workmen will be provided with complete set of appropriate PPEs, like nose musk / nose

respirator, gloves, helmet, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring

As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and at set

interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and required. Even based

on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counselled and put in different area /job rotation kind of

activities.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ADDITIONAL STUDIES


6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 Numerical Modelling of Flow

6.1.1 Description of the Flow Model

The flow module of the Delft3d software solves the Navier stokes equations for an incompressible fluid, under the

shallow water and boussinesq assumptions. In the shallow water equation assumption, the depth is assumed to be

much smaller than the horizontal scales of flow and bathymetry. This assumption implies that the vertical

accelerations are negligible compared to the horizontal accelerations.

The shallow water equations which are the governing equations of the Delft3D model are given below:

– eq. 2.1

– eq. 2.2

– eq. 2.3

Where u, v, w are the velocity components in the x, y and vertical � directions respectively. � is water level above a

given datum, d is depth below the datum. Time is denoted by t. Corolis parameter is denoted by f. vv is the vertical

eddy viscosity.

In Delft-3D flow, the transport of matter and heat is modelled by an advection diffusion equation in three co-

ordinate system. Discharges and sink terms are modelled as sources and sinks. The transport equation is given

below:

- eq. 2.4

Where �� denotes first order decay process. S denotes the source and sink terms per unit area due to discharge or

withdrawal.

For the two-dimensional model, the 3 dimensional equations given in eq 2.1 – eq 2.3 reduce to




Where U and V are depth averaged velocity components in two dimensions the bed stresses are given by:

,

In the present model study, the given discharge at site is introduced into the hydrodynamic model as source term

to study the transport and dispersion of the effluent.

6.1.2 Numerical model setup and Calibration

The tidal hydrodynamics model was setup using Delft3D hydro module on curvilinear grids. Nesting technique was

adopted wherein a small-scale grid with higher resolution is embedded in large scale model with lower resolution.

This methodology helps in reducing computational time without compromising on resolution in the area of interest.

Astronomical boundary conditions in the form of astronomical tide components were extracted from

TOPEX/Poseidon database and are applied on the boundaries of the large-scale grid covering the entire Gulf of

Kachchh and the offshore areas. Results from the large-scale model along boundary of the intermediate grid were

used as boundary conditions for the small-scale domain. The arrangement of the nested grids is shown in Figure

6-1.

The bathymetry for the large-scale domain and the locations of result extraction are given in Figure 6-2. The

bathymetry is with respect to chart datum is generated using digitised naval hydrographic charts covering Gulf of

Kachchh and Kandla creek. Maximum grid size in the large-scale model is around 1000m x 1000m at the entrance

of the Gulf of Kachchh to 600 m x 500 m near the Kandla creek. The grid size in the small-scale grid varies from

100 m x 60 m at the entrance to the Kandla creek to 25 m x 50 m in front of the vessel repair units.

Results were extracted from the model domain and are used for calibration of the model. Surface elevation

variation is extracted from Okha and Sikka in the model domain and the same are compared with the known tide at

each location. The established tidal variation for these locations was extracted from the IHO (International

Hydrographic organisation) database. The model parameters were adjusted until a good match is obtained with the

known tide at both the locations. The comparison between model predicted and known tide at both the locations is

given in Figure 6-3 and Figure 6-4. It was found that the model results were in good agreement with the site

conditions. Peak ebb and flood currents as predicted by the large-scale model are given in Figure 6-5 and Figure

6-6. The peak ebb current mid of Gulf of Kachchh is around 1.8 knots whereas peak flood current is in the order of

2.2 knots.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Figure 6-1: Nested grids used in the study




Figure 6-2: Bathymetry of the large scale model




Figure 6-3: Comparison of observed and measured tides at Okha




Figure 6-4: Comparison of observed and measured tides at Sikka




Figure 6-5: Currents during flood tide in Gulf of Kachchh




Figure 6-6: Currents during ebb tide in Gulf of Kachchh




6.1.3 Hydrodynamics

This calibrated large-scale model is used for extracting boundary conditions for the small-scale model. The bathymetry and the extent of the small-scale domain is shown in

Figure 6-7. The tidal levels obtained from the model are compared with the tidal level variation at Kandla extracted from IHO database at location 626407.00m E,

2544051.00m N (UTM) and is shown in Figure 6-8. The results show a very good agreement between established tide and the model predicted levels. Hence it can be

concluded that the model is calibrated satisfactorily.

Variation of current magnitude was extracted near the area of interest in the creek and the same is given in Figure 6-9. The results show that the current magnitude during

the flood current is around 0.9 m/sec and the same during the ebb current is around 0.8 m/sec. The currents as predicted by the model over the entire creek are given during

the flood tide, ebb tide and high water are given in Figure 6-10, Figure 6-11 and Figure 6-12 respectively. The direction of the flood and ebb currents are aligned along

the creek in the North and South Directions. The current magnitude at the entrance of the creek is of higher magnitude when to that of inside the creek. There is eddy like

formation on the western edge of the creek entry during the flood tide and the velocity of the flow through the eastern face of the creek reaches a maximum of around

2m/sec. During the ebb tide, the flow is more aligned along the channel without any eddy formation and the magnitude is around 1m/sec.




Figure 6-7: Bathymetry used for small scale model




Figure 6-8: Comparison between published and model predicted tidal levels in Kandla creek




Figure 6-9: Variation of current magnitude near the area of interest in Kandla creek




Figure 6-10: Currents during flood tide in Kandla creek




Figure 6-11: Currents during ebb tide in Kandla creek




Figure 6-12: Currents during high tide in Kandla creek




6.1.4 Bitumen Spill

Bitumen is proposed to be transported from the ship to the terminal using a pipeline of diameter 300mm. The bitumen temperature when getting transported from ship to

shore is kept at 120 °C. The bitumen is proposed to be pumped with a pressure 12 kg/cm2. The spill simulations were generated assuming the worst-case scenario of the pipe

getting unhooked from the ship and is spilling into the sea unchecked. The maximum duration of this unchecked spill is assumed to continue for a maximum period of 15

minutes before the valve gets closed. This modelling exercise attempts to study the extent of the dispersion of the above quantum of the bitumen spilled into the sea.

Bitumen Dispersion

Delft3D particle module is used to study the extent of the spread of the plume and resulting variation in the concentrations in the creek. This particle tracking module

simulates the movement and spread of the bitumen plume under the influence of hydrodynamics simulated for the creek.

The properties of the bitumen are taken as follows

Density of liquid bitumen – 1000 kg/m3

Kinematic viscosity – 350 cSt

Emulsification and evaporation of the bitumen is not considered in the simulation so that the results are on the conservative side

Stickiness probability i.e. the probability of the bitumen remaining struck to the bed soil once it touches soil, is kept at 0.5. This implies that for 50 percent of time the

bitumen struck to the soil is again back into suspension.

The results from the simulation are given in figures below.

The results show that the amount at the end of the spill event the concentrations of bitumen rise to around 500 kg/m2 at the point of spill, but the maximum concentrations

are restricted to within 50 meters from the point of spill.

At the end of one hour the maximum concentration of the oil slick is around 40 kg/m2 and extent of these concentrations is restricted to a width of 110 m and length of

around 250 m.

At the end of 5 hours, the slick disperses much more in size with intermittent spikes in concentration and maximum concentrations within the slick is reduced to 8 kg/m2. The

spread of the slick increases to 1500 meter in length and 410 m in width.

At the end of 24 hours, the slick is disintegrated and spreads all along the creek with the concentrations reduced to 3 to 4 kg/m2 at intermittent points.




Figure 6-13: Bitumen oil concentrations just after the spill event (15 mins)




Figure 6-14: Bitumen oil concentrations one hour after the spill event




Figure 6-15: Bitumen oil concentrations 5 hours after the spill event




Temperature dispersion

In addition, temperature variation in the creek due to the hot bitumen is also simulated using Delft3D Hydro

module wherein the excess temperature due to bitumen is introduced as a conservative variable into the model and

the variation of temperature in the model is studied for the duration of the simulation. The amount of heat lost to

atmosphere is not considered in the model so that the results will be on the conservative side. The ambient

temperature of the sea is taken as 27 °C.

The results from the study are given below. The Figure 6-13 to Figure 6-17 give the resultant variation of

temperature due to the spill. The results show that the amount of spill considered causes a temperature rise of 1.5

°C at the point of spill in the sea water. Within 15 minutes after the end of the spill event the temperature rise

reduces to 0.25 °C above ambient and is restricted to an area of 300 m radius. At the end of one hour after the

spill event, the rise in temperature further falls to just 0.1 °C above ambient in the sea water and the 0.25 °C rise is

restricted to the shoreline along the oil jetties. At the end of 7 hours i.e. after a tidal reversal the temperature rise

becomes negligible in all the areas surrounding the jetty and the creek.




Figure 6-18: Variation of temperature at the end of the spill event




Figure 6-19: Temperature change 15 minutes after the end of spill event




Figure 6-20: Variation of temperature one hour after the event




Figure 6-21: Variation in temperature two hours after the spill




Figure 6-22: Variation in temperature seven hours after the spill




Conclusion

Studies were conducted for spill scenario of the unhooking of pipeline during pumping of bitumen between ship

and the terminal. The spill is expected to last for 15 minutes and this implies that the ship is equipped with ESD

(emergency shutdown system).

The results show that for the above devised spill scenario, the maximum concentrations in the slick can be

around 250 kg/m2 near the spill within the duration of the spill.

The slick size further grows to a width of 100 meters by 200 meters in one hour with maximum concentrations

of 40 kg/m2. This slick further grows to 1500 meters by 400 meters width, at the end of 5 hours after the spill

and the maximum concentrations reach about 8 kg/m2.

Thereafter at the end of 24 hours, the slick is disintegrated into number of small slicks and the maximum

concentrations of some of these slicks reach 5 kg/m2.

At the end of the day, the results show that there is some deposit of the bitumen happening coastline behind

the oil jetties.

The results show the efforts launched in the first hour after the spill are going to be most effective in

containing the spread of the spill and removal of the oil slick from the sea surface.

The temperature increase due to the bitumen spill reaches a maximum of 1.5 °C above ambient in the vicinity

of the spill and the same reduces to around 0.1 °C in the creek at the end of 7 hours after the spill event.

6.2 Health, Safety and Environment of Bitumen

6.2.1 General Issues

Bitumen is traditionally regarded as a “safe” product when handled properly

Bitumen is relatively inert under ambient conditions

Low volatility

Very low water solubility

Highly durable

Bitumen is delivered & handled hot

Risk of burns

There is regular scrutiny of

Health Aspects

Environmental Aspects

6.2.2 Hazards Associated with Hot Bitumen

High handling temperatures

Vapour emissions

Combustible nature

Water contact

Pressure discharge

6.2.3 Health Awareness

Skin Burns

Hot bitumen is sticky

Bitumen is stored and delivered at temperatures above 150ºC (much hotter than boiling water).




Bitumen burns can cause severe damage to eyes and skin.

Required PPE

Personal Protective Equipment must be worn when handling hot liquid product

Protective Clothing & Equipment:

High Visibility Coverall

Gauntlet Gloves

Head Protection

Neck/ Face Protection

Protective Footwear (Rigger Boot Style)

First Aid

HOT BITUMEN

Cool burn (water showers)

Leave bitumen in place

Do not bandage

Call assistance

Skin Contact with Cold Bitumen

Intimate and prolonged skin contact with bitumen and emulsions should be avoided

Appropriate systems of work and PPE should be provided where intimate contact may occur

Cold Bitumen

Clean/wash skin

Remove contaminated clothing

Eye wash

Medical check




Bitumen Fumes

Keep handling temperatures down:

When heated, bitumen gives off fumes

Fumes contain particulates, hydrocarbons, H2S

The amount of fume depends on temperature

Bitumen fumes can cause irritation to the respiratory system

Occupational Exposure Limits are in place: UK OEL: 5 mg/m3 (8 hr Time Weighted Average) 10 mg/m3 (15 min

Short Term Exposure)

Hydrogen Sulphide

Under normal circumstances of bitumen use, Hydrogen Sulphide does not pose a problem

However,

H2S can concentrate in confined spaces of bitumen storage tanks - Lethal concentrations can occur

The familiar smell of ‘bad eggs’ cannot be relied upon as a warning - Sense of smell can be deadened below

hazardous concentration

Exposure to low levels of H2S can cause irritation to nose & throat

Areas around dip hatches and vents should be regarded as hazardous areas

Systems of work should take account of potential presence of H2S, and monitors should be worn as appropriate

First Aid

Bitumen Fumes - Health Aspects

Bitumen fume does contain small quantities of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon compounds

The bitumen industry continues to pay much attention to working conditions and supports the use of good

working practices, including temperature control

Exposure levels should be kept to a minimum to avoid irritation effects for workers handling hot bitumen

The industry supports ongoing studies which help give reassurance of the lack of long term health effects for

bitumen workers

Bitumen Storage – Operations

Labelling Tanks & Fill-Pipes - Tanks/valves must be clearly marked, to avoid cross-loading.

Product Temperature Control - Maximum working temp should be specified per grade, to avoid flammable

atmospheres & product hardening.

Tank Level Gauging - An adequate and reliable means to gauge tank contents, to prevent spillages.

High Level Alarms - A high level alarm (HLA) and an independent high high level alarm (HHLA) system is

needed, to prevent spillages.

Avoiding ‘Boil-over’ - Water ingress must be avoided, to avoid violent foaming or the risk of ‘boil-over’.

Vent Pipes - Overflow & vent pipes must be carefully located, and kept clear, to avoid risk to personnel or

vehicles.

Access to Tank Tops

Should be avoided as far as is reasonably practicable.

Safe access must be provided

Bitumen Storage – Inspection

Regular inspection programme of storage facilities should be in place, and the results logged.




General

Make regular external inspections of tank wall fittings.

Keep comprehensive records of all inspections.

Thermal Insulation (lagging)

In vulnerable areas lagging should be non-absorbent, and sealed to avoid risk of auto-ignition.

Carefully remove in vulnerable areas for corrosion checks.

Replace when there are signs of oil impregnation.

Breather Vents - Vents & pressure relief valves are susceptible to fouling, and in extreme cases complete

blockage.

Heating Coils - Integrity checks on steam and hot oil heating coils.

Prevention of Fire in Bitumen Storage

Flammable situations can occur;

When Bitumen Vapor and Air Reach Certain Proportions

Between 1% and 8% air mixture, in tank vapor spaces or vent/fill pipes. Good house-keeping is essential. - Keep

area around storage tanks clear of combustible materials: rubbish/weeds etc.

With Change in Conditions in The Tank

Dramatic changes in temp, or increase in air flow can create a flammable situation. It is imperative to:

Keep to suppliers recommended storage temperature.

Keep any source of ignition (e.g. hot work) clear of vents or fill pipes

Bitumen can Auto-Ignite

Porous Material Impregnated With Bitumen

Porous material such as tank insulation, can auto-ignite at 100ºC Main cause is leaking gland seals on pumps

Pump maintenance is critical.

Pyrophoric Deposits

Deposits build up over many years, and hang down like stalactites from tank roof.

The tank must be removed from service on a planned basis and cleaned out.

Bitumen Fire Fighting

First Rule: Do Not Put Yourself at Risk

Small fires may be tackled with a hand held fire extinguisher, BUT only if you have had the necessary training.

Call the fire brigade

Unless you are totally sure that the fire is out, and remember the fire may still be burning inside the tank.

Regular exercises with the Fire Brigade are recommended.

Never Open the Manhole Lid

Never open the manhole lid during or after a fire as this will increase the air flow to the fire, or re-ignite any

bitumen which is at excessive temperature.




Never Tackle a Bitumen Fire with Water

Never use a water hose or extinguisher on a bitumen fire, this could lead to a rapid expansion of the fire.

At least one 6kg dry powder extinguisher must be positioned in discharge area.

Develop an Emergency Plan

Develop an on-site emergency plan.

In the event of a major fire, although the fire brigade will fight the fire, plant equipment and materials may be

used to build bund areas or diversion walls

6.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

6.3.1 Introduction

The On-site Disaster Management Plan is prepared with the objective of defining the functions and responsibilities

of all concerned managerial, operational and supporting services department personnel with respect to detection

and effective implementation of action plan and is integrated with the Disaster Management Plan of Chennai port

Trust. The ultimate goal is the effective containment of the situation by proper mitigative action at the place of

occurrence, cautioning people in adjoining affected localities, prompt rescue and medical aid to affected persons

and communication to civil authorities for rushing in help from outside.

6.3.2 Emergency Preparedness Plan

Objectives of the Emergency Plan

The following are the objectives of the On-site Emergency control plan - Minimizing the risk and impact of event -

Rapid control and containment of the hazard - Effective evacuation of the affected persons property and prevention

of damage to the

Each employee should study the approved On-Site emergency control plan very carefully and scrupulously to carry

out the instruction set forth. The main controller, the incident controller and the safety officer with the help of the

Emergency squad will be responsible for the effective execution of the On- Site emergency plan.

Identification of Emergencies

Due to the large volumes of storage tanks, liquid spillage and the high transfer rates at many unloading points, the

emergency scenarios envisaged require initial action to stop the transfer operation in a quick, safe and controlled

manner.

Failure Scenario of Product Spillage:

Failure of active shutdown system.

Partial closure or total failure of isolation values

Failure of instrumentation

Accidental activation of ERC (Emergency Release coupling)

Oil leakage from flanges o Increased transfer pressure/volume

Failure of all passive devices o other unwanted Events.

Emergencies anticipated at the Terminal Rough weather emergency

1. In case of cyclonic storm approaching the area, prior warning will be received which must be sighted by the

manager (Terminal) or his designated officer.




2. It is strongly suggested that specific weather report prepared by IMD should be obtained on payment of fees

as this is more accurate than general report and will give better service.

3. Three stages of operation control shall be followed.

Green status: This status applies when weather is good. Operations can go on smoothly as planned.

Yellow status: This is an alert stage when rough weather is expected or may be expected, hence alert must

be maintained with all precautions with emergency status but operations can routine.

Red status: Emergency situation — operations suspended.

All activities to be controlled by the manager (Terminal)

Fire in the Terminal

In case of fire in the terminal, the alarm shall be sounded and informed to the firefighting staff to fight fire.

Ship shall be pulled off in similar manner as stated above.

The plant firefighting equipment i.e. fire extinguishers and etc. recommended by CPT fire safety shall be

pressed in to service.

All the electric power, except for emergency lighting to be switched off to avoid electrocution.

Duties of Different Personal

Security

Security department shall sound audio emergency alarm. On-site emergency control plan could have carious types

of warning through hooters/sirens with local and indication in control room, depending on the location of the

emergency as specified below:

For an accident within the berth

Hooter - short, intermittent. After sounding the hooter, the message should be sent to the main gate/ radio room to

put them on the alert.

Second Level Warning

When the main controller perceives the affected area to be the entire installation but can be confined within port

limits. Siren- Wailing long and short intermittent siren.

Third level warning

When the main controller considers the accident would assume off-site implication. Siren - Wailing short and short

intermittent sire.

Main Controller

He will be overall in charge of the situation. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from

the emergency control room at the main gate / radio from where all operations will be directed. He shall,

Relive the incident controller form responsibility of the main controller.

Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like police, fire brigade, hospital, etc., if called for,

following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major installation in the vicinity may also be

informed of situation.

Arrange to appraise the control room of the emergency situation.

Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the port area.

In consultation with the incident controller, expedite the shutting down loading / unloading operations at the

terminal.




Ensure that all the employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if any, are given

necessary medical attention. Instructed security and transport department for rushing causalities to hospitals, if

required.

Liaise with fire and police officials, Pollution Control Board and other statutory bodies and advise them of all

possible consequent effect outside the terminal premises.

Arrange for obtaining the count of all the personnel with in the terminal and the individual agencies.

Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged.

Issued authorized statement or press release to the news media.

Ensure preservation of evidence for enquires to the conducted by statutory authorities.

Authorize the sounding of the “all Clear” siren, which will be one continuous long siren for a minute.

Emergency Control Centres

This will be situated at the main gate of the depot/radio room. Alternate ECC should be decided upon the layout of

the depot is finally frozen. The emergency control centre shall be equipped with the following facilities.

1. A copy of on-site emergency plan

2. Master plan of the terminal and 7 km surrounding area


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM PROJECT BENEFITS


7 PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure

There will be increase in some small scale businesses like tea stall, catering services, truck cleaning facilities etc.

around the project area.

7.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure

Providing employment to local villagers.

7.3 Employment potential – skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled

During the construction phase, temporary employment will be created for ~20 local skilled and semi-skilled

workers.

The positive impacts include enhanced indirect employment opportunities for transporters of raw materials.

Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors &

trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project

7.4 General Benefits

Bitumen Storage Tank will be set up on KPT allotted plot, hence no displacement of people is required.

Good Techno-commercial viability of Bitumen product related industries & in Road Project.

Around the project site semi-skilled and unskilled workmen are expected to be available from local population

in these areas to meet the manpower requirement during construction and Operational phase.

Secondary employment will also be generated thereby benefiting locals.

Infrastructural facilities, like road up gradation, electricity line extension, water line extension will be improved

due to the project. Improve in Import and Export Business


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)


8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

8.1 Introduction

The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the

project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through

the adoption of mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic good practice

measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts

associated with the proposed activities.

8.2 Purpose of EMP

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the

project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery

mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all

project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of

every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which

could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

Role of Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. and its contractors;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. will implement;

The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)


8.3 Environmental Management Plans

8.3.1 Air Quality

The Environment Management Plan focusing on air related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1: Environment Management Plan – Air Environment

Objective To ensure that the air emission during site preparation, Construction and Operation phase is properly managed and mitigated to minimize

its effect

Concerned Activity

Development of access road to site, Levelling/Filling of the earth material, Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and equipment, Welding and fabrication work, Generation of pollutant due to diesel Generator and Thermic Fluid Heater

Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of air quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers and surrounding community

Impacting Activities

Mitigation measures and

Rationale

Implementation Monitoring and Management

Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Remarks

Construction Phase & Operation Phase


materials and equipment

Water spraying will be done on the access roads to

control re-entrained dust during dry

season

At site at the time of

preparation of site Contractor

Random check by Proponent

Frequency of water spraying

Temporary during construction phase

only

Excavation work

Water spraying will be done on the access roads to

control re-entrained dust during dry

season

At Site at the time of

preparation of site Contractor


Frequency of water spraying


only

Welding of pipeline joints

Provision of mask and other safety

appliances At site During welding Contractor


record of availability of safety appliances

and its uses


only

Final Site cleaning Provision of mask

and safety appliances

At Site Proponent Periodic

maintainance records

Long-term and Permanent during operation phase




Objective To ensure that the air emission during site preparation, Construction and Operation phase is properly managed and mitigated to minimize

its effect

Concerned Activity

Development of access road to site, Levelling/Filling of the earth material, Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and equipment, Welding and fabrication work, Generation of pollutant due to diesel Generator and Thermic Fluid Heater

Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of air quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers and surrounding community


Mitigation measures and

Rationale

Implementation Monitoring and Management

Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Remarks

Operation of DG Set D.G set will be

properly maintained At site

During the operation of DG set

Proponent

DG set – Flue gas analysis and

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by

authorized laboratory in and around the site

Air Quality Monitoring Results


Operation of Thermic Fluid

Heater

Ash collection system will be

provided & TFH will be properly maintained

At Site During operation of


Proponent

TFH – Flue gas analysis and

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by




Operation of Thermic Fluid

Heater

Proper storage area for coal Handling

At Site During operation of


Proponent

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring nearby storage area by





material

Type of vehicle with proper PUC

mechanism At site

At the time of Material loading during operation

phase

Proponent Random check by

Proponent





8.3.2 Land and Soil

The Environment Management Plan focusing on land use and land cover related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 8-2.

Table 8-2: Environment Management Plan for Land use and Land cover

Objective To ensure that negative impacts on land use and land cover are minimized

Concern Land use/ land cover at site will change from unused scrub land to built up land

Benefit of EMP Impacts on land use due to project will be minimized


Mitigation Measures and Actions Implementation and Management

Remarks Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Removal of vegetation

Greenbelt will be developed At site For the

duration of construction

Site engineer Random checks

by Site supervisor

Periodic records in form of

photographs

8.3.3 Biological Environment

The environmental management plan is as given below in Table 8-3

Table 8-3: Environment Management Plan for Biological Environment

Objective To ensure that damage to existing flora - fauna due to the construction phase

Concern Construction of plotting scheme and its use by occupants

Benefit of EMP Improvement of habitat and urban biodiversity status (specially small mammals and birds)

Impacting Activities Mitigation

Measures and Rationale

Implementation and Management Remarks

Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Clearance of Vegetation Green belt

development

At site For the duration of

pre preparation phase Site Engineer Site Supervisor

Records in form of Photo documentation

-

Transportation of Raw Materials and Products

At site For the duration of

construction Site Engineer Site Supervisor

Records in form of Photo documentation

-

Green Belt Management Plan

The proposed project is under notified port, it is not mandatory for the project proponents to develop greenbelt. However, for improvement of environment greenbelt

development will be implemented.

Depending upon the topo-climatological conditions and regional ecological status, selection of the appropriate plant species shall be made. The various criteria

adopted for selecting the species for greenbelt development are:




Plant should be fast growing

Preferably perennial and evergreen

Indigenous

Resistant to NOx and dust pollution and

Should maintain the ecological and hydrological balance of the region

The general consideration involved while developing the greenbelt are

Trees growing up to 10 m or above in height with perennial foliage should be planted around the proposed project.

Planting of trees should be undertaken in appropriate encircling rows around the project site.

Trees should also be planted along the road side in such a way that there is no direct sight to inside premises and regasification plant when viewed from a

point outside the foliage perimeter.

Generally fast growing trees should be planted.

Taking into consideration the above parameters, the greenbelt development plan has been evolved for proposed site to reduce the pollution levels to the maximum

possible extent. The proposed green belt is depicted in Table 8-4.

The maintenance of the plantation area will also be done by the project proponents. The cost of plantation is depicted in Table 8-6. The species recommended for

greenbelt development are listed in Table 8-4.

Table 8-4: Recommended species for Greenbelt Development

Serial No. Common name Botanical name

1 Caster Riccinus communis

2 Sadabahar Ipomees sp.

3 Bogunvilea Bogunvilea spectabilis

4 Amaltas Cassia fistula

5 Neem Azadirachta indica

6 Jamun Syzygium cuminii

7 Jangal Jelbi Pithecelobium dulce

8 Khajoor Phoenix sylvestis

Roadside Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The

approach roads to project site can be planted with flowering trees. Project proponent should encourage plantation outside the plant boundary.




Adequate care should be taken to encourage greenbelt development on the road side, however to uplift the regional ecosystem of the area by greenbelt

development, all the voluntary organizations should take initiative to encourage massive plantation along the roadside. Trees can be planted to increase aesthetic

value as well as shady area along the roads. The selected plant species are mentioned in for roadside plantation.

Table 8-5: Recommended species for road side plantation

Serial No. Plant species

1 Cacia dealbata

2 Pterocarpus dalbergioides

3 Bombax ceiba

4 Casuarina sp.

5 Delonix regia

6 Magnolia grandiflora

7 Peltophorum pterocarpum

8 Pterocarpus dalbergioides

9 Bauhinia acuminate

Budget

A budgetary cost prepared for green belt development as shown in Table 8-6.

Table 8-6: Costing for green belt development

Sr. No. Items Estimated Rate (Rs) Quantity Approximate Cost (Rs)

Cost for green belt development

1 Soil filling 1000/truck 5 5,000

2 Soil dressing 14/m3 113 1,575

3 Tree plantation 100/tree 1000 1,00,000

5 Ground cover (assuming 10% of total green

belt area) 70/sq m 23 1,575

6 Irrigation 172/m 1,677 288444

Capital Cost 3,96,594

Cost for running/maintenance of green belt (manure, pesticide, herbicide and other maintenance costs)

1 Trees 21/tree 1000 21,000




Sr. No. Items Estimated Rate (Rs) Quantity Approximate Cost (Rs)

Cost for green belt development

2 Ground cover 35/sq m 22.5 788

3 Irrigation - - 60,000

Total recurring cost per annum 81,788

8.3.4 Water Environment

The Environment Management Plan focusing on water related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 8-7.

Table 8-7: Environment Management Plan for Water

Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water

Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity


Mitigation Measures and Rationale



Wastewater generation,

treatment and disposal

Wastewater generated from the entire unit shall

be collected in collection/septic tank

and send to authorized wastewater treatment facility at SEPPL for further treatment.

Care shall be taken for leakage of wastewater during transportation of

liquid waste from project site to SEPPL

site by tanker.

At Site All time Site EHS -

Records of wastewater generation and discharge quantity to be maintained.

8.3.5 Solid & Hazardous Waste

The Environment Management Plan focusing on Solid & Hazardous waste related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 8-8.




Table 8-8: Environment Management Plan for Solid & Hazardous Waste

Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water

Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity


Mitigation Measures and Rationale



Hazardous waste Management and

Disposal

Hazardous waste shall be segregated at source and stored in hazardous

waste storage area.

Proper area shall be demarcated for the

storage of hazardous waste facilitate with

impervious flooring and bunding to avoid leakage problem.

Minimum three months storage shall be

proposed to store hazardous waste as

during monsoon season waste cannot be dumped at TSDF.

C & D waste shall be used for filling of low lying areas and other

scrap/metal waste shall be reused for structural

work wherever is required. The surplus scrap material shall be

sold out.

PPE’s shall be mandatory wile handling

the hazardous waste during loading &

unloading of wastes.

At Site All time Site EHS

Periodic Workplace

monitoring shall be carried out

Records of hazardous waste generation and disposal quantity to be

maintained.




8.3.6 Socio-Economic

It is the commitment of the project proponent that it will spends Rs. 25 Lakhs in the breakup of 5 years. The activities may be taken up as per the priority of

requirement of the surrounding areas settlement/habitation/villages. The various CSR activities planned to be carried out by Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd are as below:

Table 8-9: Environment Management Plan for Socio-Economic

Sr. No. Particulars Activities Total Annual Expenditure (in Lakhs)

2018-2019 2019-2020 2020-2021 2021-2022 2022-2023

1 Education

Training to Teachers in Skill Development

Books, Tools and Equipments for use

Anganwadi Supervisors Training

School Infrastructure Enhancement

Provide facilities for Children in School Premises

Computer Installation and Training

100000 100000 100000 100000 100000

2 Health &

Environment

Arrangement of fortnightly Health Check-up Camps

Community Health Management 100000 100000 100000 100000 100000

3 Sanitation & Water

Supply

Provision of sanitation facilities like toilets & bathroom

Technical support in establishing the protected water supply systems

Training to villagers for minor repairs and maintenance or water supply systems

Development of drainage systems

Plantation of trees around soak pits to help to leach excess water and keep the pits dry

Cleanliness drives to be carried out

200000 200000 200000 200000 200000

4 Youth Skill

Development

Semi-skilled training programs to equip the youth with skill such as Electrical, Masonry, Plumbing, Carpentry, Welding etc.

Training to village youth for rural marketing of products

50000 50000 50000 50000 50000

5 Women

Empowerment

Training in making local craft items, tailoring, embroidery, health care workers

Training in Animal Husbandry

Provision of smokeless Chullah

50000 50000 50000 50000 50000

Total Amount 500000 500000 500000 500000 500000

Total Amount Allocated Rs. 25 Lakhs (Break up of 5 Years)


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The executive summary summarizes the findings of the EIA study undertaken in accordance with the EIA

guidelines. The summary is intended to provide an overview of the key environmental issues and also list the

measures recommended to attenuate the impacts and manage the mitigating measures.

9.1 Project Description

9.1.1 About Project Proponent

Aadesh Brine Private Limited is a Private company incorporated on 31st December 2012. It is classified as Non-

government Company and is registered at Registrar of Companies, Ahmedabad.

Aadesh Brine Pvt Ltd is setting up a Bitumen Storage Terminal in Kandla. Bitumen is a binder material for Asphalt

mix. India Govt. and State Govt. of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan has many proposals to improve &

construct Road Network. Most of ongoing and upcoming road projects are of bituminous road which cause huge

demand of Bitumen and demand is higher than its supply. Based on local demand, strategic location and land

availability Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. taking opportunity to construct Bitumen Storage & Handling Terminal at Kandla

Port. In the year 2016, Kandla Port Trust allotted a piece of plot to Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd by E-Tender Notice for the

purpose of “Storage & Handling of Bitumen”.

9.1.2 Proposed Project

It is a Greenfield project, Site has existing storage tank which was previously used for Ballast water and now is

unused, and same will be dismantled. The plot area is 2795 sqm. The plot has given on Lease by Kandla Port Trust.

9.1.3 Location of the Project

The site is located near Oil jetty 1 of Kandla Port Trust at approximate Latitude 23° 01' 39.77" N and Longitude 70°

13' 10.08" E in Gandhidham Taluka, Kachchh District, Gujarat.

9.1.4 Project Cost

Total estimated cost of Project is INR Rs. ~15 Crores.

9.1.5 Utilities

Table 9-1: List of Utilities

S. No. Utilities Unit Quantity Source

1 Power KV 475 Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited (PGVCL)

2 Water KLD 5.2 Tanker

3

Manpower

Construction

Operation

Nos. ~20 Local people

9.1.6 Process Description

Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. (ABPL) will import Bitumen which will be received by Ship at oil Jetty 1. From Jetty it will be

transferred to storage tanks through pipeline. ABPL will transfer Bitumen through Jetty and by road tankers in India

as per market demand. Aadesh Brine will not carry out any manufacturing activity.




Inside Terminal, facility proposed Storage Tanks, Pipelines, Thermic Fluid (TF) Heater, Pumps, Electrical Power

Plant, Truck Loading Platform, Air Compressor and Weigh Bridge. Outside terminal facility proposed 300 mm dia

Pipeline from Jetty.

Philosophy of Terminal is:

A. Receiving of Bitumen from Ship to Terminal through Jetty Pipeline

B. Heating Jetty Pipeline just before receiving of Bitumen from ship

C. Storing of Bitumen in Main Storage Tank

D. Transfer Bitumen from Main Storage Tank to Day Tank

E. Heating of Bitumen in Storage Tank

F. Heating of Internal Pipeline

G. Delivery of Bitumen from Day Tank to Truck & Main Tank to Ships.

Details

1. Vertical MS Tank of 18 m dia. & 20 m height (1 No.), 17 m dia. & 20 m height (2 nos), 8 m dia. & 12 m height

(2 nos) with Insulation.

Total capacity = 1 x 5091 + 2 x 4541 + 2 x 603 = 15,379 MT

2. 120 cum/hr cap. Pump for delivery Bitumen from Tank to Truck Loading Platform x 2 Nos.

3. 500 cum/hr cap. Pump for delivery Bitumen from Tank to Ship x 1 No.

4. 300 mm dia Pipeline with Insulation from Jetty to Terminal for receiving Bitumen from Ship, 500 m long.

5. 200 mm dia. Pipeline with Insulation from Tank to Pump & then pump to Truck Loading Platform, 250 m long.

6. Both Jetty Pipeline & Terminal Pipeline, all Pumps, Tank bottom shall be heated by heater by TF Heating coil.

7. Bitumen receiving Temperature from ships shall be 110-120 deg. C.

8. Bitumen delivery Temperature from Tanks shall be 140-150 deg. C.

9. 2 Nos Tank of 603 MT cap. shall be handle for day loading, once day Tanks are empty, Bitumen shall be

circulate from main Tank to day Tank. That means day Tank (2 nos 603 MT cap. Tank) Temperature shall

maintained at 140-150 deg. C all time. Other 3 nos main Tank Temperature shall be maintained at 120 deg. C.

10. While Bitumen Receiving from Ships or Delivery to Ships, Jetty Pipeline shall also be heated 2 days before ships

arrival.

11. Terminal Pipeline heating shall maintain all time.

12. Imported Coal is available locally. Based on imported coal, a Coal Fired Thermic Fluid Heater proposed to

maintain Bitumen Temperature and Pipeline Temperature. A flow diagram is shown below to understand

complete philosophy of operation.

A flow diagram is shown below to understand complete philosophy of operation.




Process Flow Diagram


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


9.1.7 Storage Details

S. No. Type of Tank Chemicals to

be Stored Tanks

Storage Capacity in

KL

Maximum Quantity to be stored in

KL

Tank Height

( m)

Tank Dia (m)

Temperature (°C)

Pressure (bar)

Dyke/Bund area (m2)

Dyke/Bund Height (m)

1. Vertical MS

Cylindrical Welded Fixed Roof Tank

Bitumen

Tank No.1 4541 4500 20 17 120 2 NA 1.2

Tank No.2 4541 4500 20 17 120 2 NA 1.2

Tank No.3 5091 5000 20 18 120 2 NA 1.2

Tank No.4 603 600 12 8 160 1.2 NA 1.2

Tank No.5 603 600 12 8 160 1.2 NA 1.2

Total 15379 15200 - - - - - -

9.1.8 Pipeline Details

S. No.

Route of Pipeline

Numbers Capacity / Volume of Pipeline

Remark

Operating Condition (pipeline)

Pipe Internal Dia. Area Covered

Length of Pipeline

(m)

Pump inflow

(kg/sec) Press bar Temp ºC inch mm

1 KPT Oil Jetty no. 1 to Aadesh Brine

Terminal 1 35 Cum

Transfer from Vessel to Vessel

12 Kg/Cm2 120 11.811 300 212 Sqm 500 140

2 Aadesh Brine

Terminal inside 2 12 Cum

Internal circulation & Truck loading

purpose

7 Kg/Cm2 160 9.84 250 98 Sqm 250 34




9.1.9 Power Requirement & Stack Details

The required power shall be sourced from Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited (PGVCL), which is 475 KV. Two

Diesel Generator sets will be provided of 600 KVA & 60 KVA at site for back-up.

Sr. No.

Stack Attached

to Capacity

Stack Nos.

Stack Diameter in

mm

Stack Height in m

Type of Fuel used

Fuel consumption

Location



3 Thermic

Fluid Heater 2 m

Kcal/hr 1 700 30.50 Coal 479 Kg/hr At Site

9.1.10 Rainwater Harvesting Details

As per IMD data average rainfall of New Kandla is 407.4 mm/annum (0.407 m) and no. rainy days is 17.3 annually.

The estimated runoff quantum using different run off coefficient applicable for roof top, green belt and paved area

is given below:

Table 9-2: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff

S. No. Title Area, m2 Rainfall intensity (m) Runoff coefficient Runoff generated (m3)

1

Roof top

(Porta cabin admin building & security

buildings)

138 0.407 0.8 44.93

2 Paved 1251.05 0.407 0.5 254.58

3 Greenbelt 225 0.407 0.2 18.31

Total 317.82

From the above it is inferred that ~318 m3 effective run off water may likely to be available that can be stored in

the proposed tank for reuse.

Average rainwater available per day = 318 m3/17.3 rainy days/annum =18.38 m3/day

The likely storing capacity of proposed pond/tank will be 3 m×3 m×2 m i.e. to store 18 m3/day

9.1.11 Water Consumption

Water will be supplied from Tanker. Permission Letter for Tanker has been attached herewith as Annexure 3.

At site area, water will be mainly used for following areas:

Washings

Domestic Usage

Total water consumption is estimated to 5.2 KLD and the total wastewater generation from the proposed unit will

be 5.0 KLD including domestic sewage and washing effluent. Washing will generate oily wash water.

One time water requirement for Fire water will be 59 KL and it will be sourced from Tanker.

Table 9-3: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation Details

S.

No. Area

Water Consumption

in KLD

Wastewater Generation in KLD

Treatment / Disposal Mode

1 Domestic 2.2 2




2 Oily wash water 3.0 3.0

It will be treated in Wastewater Treatment plant at site and

then will be sent to Saurashtra Enviro Projects Private Limited (SEPPL) at Samkhiyali plant for further treatment. Certificate

for the same has been attached as Annexure 3.

Total 5.2 5.0 -

9.1.12 Wastewater Generation



Limited (SEPPL) at Samkhiyali plant for further treatment. Provisional Certificate for the same has been received.

9.1.13 Wastewater Treatment Plant Details



Limited (SEPPL) at Samkhiyali plant for further treatment. Provisional Certificate for the same has been attached

herewith as Annexure 4.

Wastewater Treatment System

Wastewater generated from the washing and domestic activities will be treated in proposed ETP cum STP. The

capacity of proposed wastewater treatment plant will be installed for 5 KLD capacity.

List of ETP cum STP units with capacity is given in Table 2-8.

Table 9-4: List of ETP cum STP units with capacity

Sr. No. Unit Volume (m3)

1 Septic Tank 4.5

2 Collection cum Oil & Grease Trap 3.6

3 Aeration Tank 6.0

4 Final Collection Tank 1000 lit

5 Sludge Drying Beds 0.9 m2

9.1.14 Hazardous and Other Solid Waste

The solid / Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous Waste Storage Area as per

hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the hazardous waste generation, quantification,

classification, collection, transportation and disposal facility as per Hazardous Waste Rules 2008 and its

amendment.

Table 9-5: Hazardous Waste Generation Details

S. No.

Type of Waste

Hazardous Waste

Category

Generation Quantity

Unit Source Collection, Treatment /

Disposal

1 Used Oil 5.1 2 KL per year DG Set Sold to Authorized recyclers

2 Pig waste 3.3 8 Nos. per year Pipeline Send to SEPPL for incinerate

3 ETP Sludge 35.3 3.6 Ton per year Wastewater Treatment

Plant

Send to SEPPL

4 Waste Oil 35.4 486 Litre per year Send to SEPPL for incinerate




Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

For disposal of Hazardous/Incinerable waste, Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. has taken provisional certificate from

SEPPL, Kachchh for disposal of hazardous waste.

The other hazardous waste like used oil will be sold to authorized venders.

The non-hazardous waste like paper, plastic, metal and wooden waste will be handed over to authorized re-

processors.

9.2 Description of Environment

9.2.1 Study Area & Period

Study area is of Radius 7 km from Project site boundary. The baseline environmental quality was assessed for 12

weeks (From October, 2017 to January, 2018) by Kadam Environmental Consultants. These 12 weeks period mainly

covers Post-monsoon season. Study was done for Terrestrial and Marine Environment.

9.2.2 Terrestrial Environment

Land Use & Land Cover Distribution

Land use of study area is classified as Built-up Land or Habitation (5.96 %), Wastelands (43.08 %), Water Bodies

(15.026 %), Vegetation covers (16.62 %) and others (19.30 %).

Meteorology

Site specific meteorological data was collected at Ahir Salt Premises, Kandla. Based on Long-term Climatological

Tables for 30 years i.e. from 1981-2010, published by Indian Meteorological Department. New Kandla_42639 is the

nearest IMD Station from proposed project site located at an aerial distance of ~2.00 km towards south direction.

Summary of micrometeorological data collected within study area during study period is shown in Table 9-6.

Table 9-6: Summary micrometeorological data for study Period Oct’17 to Jan’18 (Mainly covers Post-

monsoon season)

Parameter Unit Max Min Average

Temperature °C 35.6 11.7 24.7

Humidity % 82.4 17.4 41.0

Wind Speed Kmph 30.2 0.0 10.0

Wind Direction From NNE - -

Cloud Cover Oktas 0.0 0.0 0.0

Rainfall mm 0.0 0.0 0.0

Ambient Air Quality

As per the study area which is considered as 7 km radius from proposed project site, it is observed that study area

has 50:50 ratio of land and water (sea). Further in landward study area, there are industries, storage terminals, salt

pans and human settlements. Industrial pollution, Domestic pollution and Vehicular pollution are the major sources

of pollution within study area. The 24 hours, time weighted average results for particulate matter mainly PM10 at all

locations observed above specified NAAQS notification of 18th Nov’2009, published by CPCB. Gaseous parameters

like SOx, NOx, CO are within the specified limits of NAAQS notification of 18th Nov’2009, published by CPCB.




Table 9-7: Ambient Air Quality Results

Station Code

Sampling

Location

NAAQM Standards [CPCB]




100 60 80 80 2 NS*

AQ01 Temple- Nr Oil Jetty

Maximum 182 76 37.1 36.2 0.65 <17.4

Minimum 74 24 8.7 14.8 0.57 <17.4

Average 124 43 13.2 20.3 0.60 <17.4

98%tile 181 69 34.2 35.7 0.65 <17.4

AQ02

350 m SW from

Project boundary

Maximum 155 57 27.9 38.8 1.04 <17.4

Minimum 52 24 9.5 22.3 0.59 <17.4

Average 96 43 17.9 32.8 0.82 <17.4

98%tile 150 57 27.7 38.4 1.02 <17.4

AQ03 New KPT colony

Maximum 180 57 24.3 20.3 0.97 <17.4

Minimum 74 24 7.8 13.9 0.68 <17.4

Average 134 43 12.8 17.0 0.80 <17.4

98%tile 179 57 21.2 20.0 0.97 <17.4

AQ04 Kandla

Maximum 193 56 16.5 25.2 0.84 <17.4

Minimum 98 22 7.8 14.5 0.61 <17.4

Average 145 41 11.3 19.0 0.74 <17.4

98%tile 193 55 16.5 25.1 0.83 <17.4

AQ05 Nr.

ASAPPL terminal

Maximum 175 59 16.5 25.2 0.80 <17.4

Minimum 81 28 7.8 14.5 0.51 <17.4

Average 119 43 11.5 19.1 0.68 <17.4

98%tile 171 58 16.5 25.2 0.79 <17.4

AQ06 Ahir Salt

(Salt Pan)

Maximum 170 56 37.6 45.6 0.94 <17.4

Minimum 30 23 5.4 13.9 0.58 <17.4

Average 113 45 14.6 23.0 0.76 <17.4

98%tile 167 55 32.3 44.8 0.93 <17.4

AQ07

700 m South from

project boundary

Maximum 178 59 10.1 17.9 0.74 <17.4

Minimum 101 29 4.4 9.2 0.58 <17.4

Average 150 49 7.4 13.6 0.64 <17.4

98%tile 177 59 10.0 17.5 0.73 <17.4

AQ08 Khari Rohar Village

Maximum 184 60 14.2 27.7 0.83 <17.4

Minimum 92 0 9.4 12.9 0.58 <17.4

Average 124 26 11.0 17.2 0.69 <17.4

98%tile 182 59 14.0 25.9 0.83 <17.4

Surface Water Quality

There is no surface water available within 7 Km radius from the project site.

Noise Environment

Based on the noise monitoring carried out at 4 monitoring locations, following observations are made:




NL01 & NL02 - Near Rishi Shipping & South side from proposed project boundary: The site is

adjacent to Kandla Creek and surrounded by creek water and mud flat. Noise level results were observed

within the CPCB standards for Industrial area.

NL03 - Near Oil Jetty: This location is about 0.3 km north from project boundary and it is an Industrial area.

Noise level observed at this location were within the specified CPCB standards.

NL04 - Kandla Port Colony: This location is 0.9 Km in south-west direction from project site. It falls under

Residential Area where Noise results during Day time were observed within the CPCB standards and during

night time, it was slightly higher than the CPCB standards which are due to vehicular movements at Kandla

Port.

Table 9-8: Average Ambient Noise Monitoring Results

Location Code

Location Date Category

CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Average Noise levels in dB (A)

Day Time

Night Time

Day Time

Night Time

NL01 Near Rishi Shipping 28.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.1 50.6

NL02 South side from proposed

project boundary 02.01.18 Industrial 75.0 70.0 55.1 45.1

NL03 Near Oil Jetty 21.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.2 59.9

NL04 New KPT Colony 30.12.18 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.8 46.7

The ambient noise levels at all the locations are within the permissible limits for Industrial area but is slightly higher

during night in Residential area which is just due to the sound of sea waves and wind blowing through open areas.

Geological and Hydrogeological conditions

Geologically the area is covered by recent younger mud flat deposits of marine origin of Holocene age composed of

clay, silt and very fine sand. Study area is predominantly covered with fine to medium grained calcareous sandy

loam as top soil with underlying compacted dense sand and clay with strong salinity.

The Groundwater is occurring under perched, unconfined and semi confined condition with low yield and having

poor hydraulic characteristics. Permeability of the aquifer is also poor. The Groundwater quality is highly saline and

is mainly used for salt pan purposes.

Seismicity in the Study Area

This area falls under seismic zone V and thus this area is active. The seismic coefficient need to be incorporated in

design. The project will be founded in mudflats which is likely to behave akin to liquefaction when subjected to

seismic wave.

Soil Conservation

The soil samples collected from the project site and surrounding areas were assessed for physico-chemical

properties. The porosity ranged from 48 - 51 % and WHC varied 20.80 – 42.50 %, while permeability was in the

range of 21.9 – 26.6 mm/hr mainly due sandy loam to sandy clay loam texture of soils. The soil salinity varied from

0.789 - 36.200 dS/m, indicating that soils are non-saline (EC<0.8 dS/m) to highly saline(EC >4.0 dS/m mainly due

to proximity of sea and flooding of the area during high tide. The ESP varied from <0.01 – 161.4, which also

indicate that soils are non-sodic as ESP>15. The soil pH ranged from 6.54 –7.15, which is indicative of normal (pH

> 8.5) soils mainly due to predominance of Ca (1.11 – 4.23 gm/kg) followed by Mg (0.04 – 4.77 gm/kg), sodium

(0.26 –2.56 gm/kg) and K (0.0.20 – 0.60 gm/kg).

Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for Port Based Multiproduct SEZ at Kandla Port,

Kutch District, Gujarat By Kandla Port Trust Part-I Terrestrial EIA & EMP Gujarat Institute of Desert Ecology, Bhuj ,

Gujarat Submitted in March 2015 showed that pH values of the study area in post- and pre-monsoon periods

during 2010 were found to be in the range of 7.8 to 9.21 and 7.92 to 9.12, respectively, showing alkaline nature of




soil. There was no marked change in pH from pre-monsoon to post-monsoon period. The electrical conductivity in

post- and pre-monsoon periods was in the range of 0.06 to 41 and 2.66 to 16.22dS/m, respectively, showing an

increase in soil salinity in pre-monsoon period. The soil texture was sandy in majority of the area. Total soil organic

carbon values in post- and pre-monsoon period were in the range of 0.03 to 0.11 and 0.2 to 4.5%, respectively.

Indicating very low organic carbon in post monsoon and soils were very rich in carbon status in pre-monsoon.

(Report of NIO Regional Centre, Mumbai, Gujarat Institute of Desert Ecology, March 2015.

Table 9-9: Soil Analysis Results

Sr. No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

1 porosity % 48 49 50 51

2 Water Holding Capacity % 30.20 20.80 42.50 36.80

3 Permeability mm/hr 26.6 25.3 23.9 21.9

4 Particle Size Distribution -

a Sand % 72.8 59.8 56.8 55.8

b Silt % 13.7 20.7 16.7 20.7

c Clay % 13.4 19.4 26.4 23.4

6 Texture - Sandy loam Sandy clay loam Sandy clay loam Sandy clay loam

7 Cation Exchange

Capacity meq/100gm 13.20 18.60 22.20 21.50

8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 4.200 0.789 36.200 8.100

9 Exchangeable Sodium % 1.14 <0.01 0.84 1.01

10 pH 7.15 7.13 6.54 7.03

11 Calcium gm/kg 1.57 1.11 4.23 1.64

12 Magnesium gm/kg <0.04 0.54 4.77 1.83

13 Sodium gm/kg 1.04 0.26 2.56 1.72

14 Potassium gm/kg 0.20 0.34 0.52 0.60


The baseline study was conducted for the evaluation of floral and faunal biodiversity of the terrestrial and marine

environment and mangrove environment within 7 Km radius from the proposed project in the Kandla, Kachchh

district during 7th December to 9th December 2017.

Floral Diversity in the Study Area

The study area comes under Biogeographic zone 3 - The Indian desert and in biotic province - 3B 1 Kachchh

plateau. Topography of the region was characterized by dominating barren land covered with dense scrub

dominated by Prosopis juliflora. The natural vegetation is scarce, scattered and open. In all other areas, the trees

are dominated by Acacia nilotica and Prosopis juliflora. The plants growing are Acacia nilotica, Prosopis juliflora

along with wide variety of herb and shrub species. It is of no use to villagers except for collecting wood for fuels. A

total of 30 plant species are observed in the study area out of which 18 species of trees and shrubs, 4 species of

Climbers, 6 species of grasses and 2 species of mangroves are observed.

Faunal Diversity in the Study Area

There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including national park, sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves

existing in the study area covering 7 km radial distance. Due to short time period of ecological assessment, faunal

species except birds could not be observed. However, bird species were visually observed and recorded. Cattle

Egret, Red wattled lapwings, Sandpiper were common in most habitats. Migratory birds such as flamingo, pelican

etc. are known to use the area. Common peafowl was reported by people.

None of the reported animals are fall in Schedule I. Among reptile only Indian Cobra (Naja naja) are provided

protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972) which was reported in the study area.




Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) and Jackal (Canis aureus) are schedule - II animals.

Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is protected as Schedule-III animal as per Wild Life Protection act 1972.

Socio-Economics

As per 2011 India census, Kandla (CT) had a population of 15,782 with households of 3,574 in the demarcated

study area i.e. 0-7 kms. The Kachchh district had total population of 2,090,313 of which male and female are

1,096,343 and 993,970 respectively.

Sex Ratio in Kachchh, it stood at 942 per 1000 male. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per

latest reports of Census 2011. The total population in the study area was 15,782 of which males were 9.028

and females were 6,754 with sex ratio of 748 per 1000 males.

Literacy Rate: According to the census data 2011, the entire district had an average literacy rate of 71.58%;

male literacy was 80.60% and female literacy was 61.62%.

Educational Facility: The entire study area has only 1 Government Primary School on the Kandla Port Trust

Land named ‘Shree United Salt Prathmik Shaala’ which is not included in the Census Data. Anganwadis and

Primary schools are present outside of the study area. Gandhidham city has several schools providing high

school education. The colleges for graduation and higher studies are Tolani College of Science & Arts, Tolani

Commerce College and Diploma in Engineering, Management Institute situated nearby in Adipur.

Drinking Water Facility: Most of the human settlements/habitation/villages are provided with water through

the Private Water Tankers. These tankers are brought from Anjar or Bhuj. Few villages outside the study area

get water from the Narmada Canal.

Power supply: The Government Power supply (UGVCL) is easily available to all the houses of all the villages

of the study area.

9.2.3 Marine Environment

Marine Water

Estuary water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan and nearby site habitation village

/locations in 7 km radius of project.

Table 9-10: Classification of Coastal/Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses

Class Designated Best Use

SW-I Salt

SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing

SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics

SW-IV Harbor

SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal

The quality of marine water can be compared with class SW-III, SW-IV & SW V as per costal water marine

standards which shows that quality of marine water is suitable for Industrial, Harbour and navigational purpose.

Marine Sediment

Results of sediment of the study area is under limits prescribed by Hilton et al. (1985) and EU regulations. The

results of earlier studies reported do not indicate increase in the loading of pollutants in sea as observed in the

present study.


This represents existing biodiversity status of the project site / core zone and its surrounding environ / buffer zone

(7 km. radius) which includes, phytoplanktons, zooplanktons and benthos.




A total of 33 species were recorded during this entire collection during December, 2017. Maximum cell count were

observed in BMS 10 during low tide whereas lowest were observed in BMS 4 during low tide.

A total of 19 species were recorded during this season. Maximum biomass were observed in BMS 2 during low tide

and minimum were found in BMS 4 during high tide.

Population density in all the stations varied from 70 to 315/m2. In Intertidal, the density of benthic organisms

varied between 55 and 155 organism/m2.

Mangrove Environment

Site visit was included by boat through of the site during high tide. Total 5 sites have been observed where entire

stretches were covered by mangroves. Mangrove population represents in sparse to dense.

Avicennia sp. and Rhizophora sp. both were present but Avicennia sp. were dominant in this area. Only one

dominant species (Avicennia sp.) in regeneration phase has been observed. Mature trees were more near junction

of creek.

Average mature tree density >1800 trees/ha (approx.) was recorded. Tree height showed perceptible variation and

ranged from 1.2 m to 4.5 m with an overall average mature tree height of 1.8 m. In general mangrove formations

at Kandla had the best structural attributes as the mature forest with higher vegetation structure.

9.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Suggested Mitigation Measures

9.3.1 Terrestrial Environment

Air Environment

The stack emission concentrations used for dispersion modelling were taken as per CPCB guidelines issued for

conducting air quality modelling. The site meteorological data collected for monitoring period were used for

dispersion modelling by AERMOD Software.

The incremental increase in GLC of SOx, NOx & PM due to consumption HSD for proposed DG sets of 50 KVA has

been carried out. The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the sum of maximum monitored

value of a parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring location. The Baseline PM10 is above the specified

limit of CPCB. The only air pollution source from the project is stack which would not add much to the baseline

concentration.

Mitigation Measures

Vehicles must be PUC certified and paved road for movement of vehicles

Safety appliance will be given to workers

Adequate stack height will be provided with Air Pollution Control Device (APCD) and proper technique for

handling of coal

Noise & Vibration

During construction phase, operation of earth movers like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be used. The

machinery will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any

adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise generated from DG Set, Thermic Fluid Heater, etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the

nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day.




Mitigation Measures

Acoustic Enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation

Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and

earplugs.

Rotation of workers in the high noise area

High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.

Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible

Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machinery.

Equipment to be maintained in good working order.

Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human

health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).

Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.

All equipment operated within specified design parameters.

Solid & Hazardous Waste

The waste will be stored in hazardous waste storage area provided. Care shall be taken for leakage of waste to

avoid run off contamination.

Mitigation Measures


Construction and demolition waste will be used for filling of low lying area while scrap material will be reused

for structural work wherever is required. The surplus scrap material will be sold out.



surroundings.

Recyclable waste will be handed over to authorized recyclers.

Occupational Health & Safety

Due to accidents and injuries to workers during operation phase.

To ensure that all workplaces are safe and without risk to the safety and health of workers;

To protect persons present at or in the vicinity of a deconstruction facility from all risks which may arise from

the site or associated shipbreaking operation.

Mitigation Measures

Medical check-up would be carried out at regular intervals

During installation of storage tank proper care would be taken by ABPL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to

site workers and staff members

Hand gloves, covered face mask and gum shoes will be used as and when required

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment

ABPL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill.

Socio-Economic

Human settlements i.e. Kandla (CT) and Kharirohar (falls under Mithirohar Panchayat) is quiet far away from the

proposed site having the negligible impact. However, there are many illegal residents near the proposed site whose

main occupation is fishing. As the proposed site is on the Kandla Port Trust (KPT) land, the project will require that




these illegal residents vacate the place. As the encroachment is illegal, no resettlement, whatsoever, will be

provided.

Mitigation Measures

The project proponent will seek to provide better educational facilities in the project affected area and shall

equip the schools with furniture and technological aids that help in providing better education.

The project proponent will provide employment to the local people.

Marine Water

Impact

Oil spillages on marine environment due to unforeseen situations e.g. Vessel collision

Mitigation Measures

Care shall be taken for wastewater collection and storage to avoid contamination of water sources.

Care shall be taken during painting work to avoid leakage and spillage of paint material

Marine Sediment

Impact

Oil spillages on land during operations

Mitigation Measures

Spillage of construction materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration on soil

quality as cement is highly alkaline.

Spillage of oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination.

Flora & Fauna

Impact

Site specific disturbance to normal faunal movement at site

Death of mangroves due to yellowed leaves and defoliation at opposite banks (Kandla creek) of site.

Mitigation Measures

No immediate action required because all species reported from project site are common and well adapted to

the routine urban activities.

No immediate action required because all species reported from project site are common and well adapted to

the routine urban activities.

Noise & Vibration

Impact

During construction phase equipment like crane, dumper will be used for site preparation. The equipment will be

used during daytime and underwater sound pressure waves will be generated. Thus, there will be adverse impact

on fish behaviour.




Mitigation Measures

Heavy vehicles and machineries used for construction purpose will be well maintained and PUC certified so noise

generation will occur less. Also make sure to not to do work during night time to avoid noise generation annoyance

to marine life and terrestrial life.

9.4 Environment Monitoring Program

Various environmental parameters to be monitored are tabulated in Table 9-11.




Table 9-11: Environmental Monitoring Program



Emergency Procedure

Detailed Budget


A Air Pollution Monitoring

1.


specified by GPCB in their air consents from time to time within the

project premises

IS 5182

& CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 (Gravimetric Method)


At Main Gate or Material gate


150000 2.


specified by GPCB in their air consents from

time to time at stations outside the

project site


year At Main Gate or Material gate


3.

Stack monitoring of DG set as given in air consent from time to

time


year At DG Set SOx, NOx Contractor


done

B Noise Pollution Monitoring

4. Noise Generation due to operation of DG set

etc. IS 9989 : 1981


At DG Set Noise Levels Contractor


done

100000

C Water Pollution Monitoring

5

Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for

the parameters specified by GPCB in their water consent from time to time

APHA : 23rd Edition Monthly when in

operation At ETP

DO, BOD, COD, pH, TDS, Oil & Grease, Ammonical nitrogen

Contractor - 100000

D Solid Waste Generation Monitoring

6. Records of generation of used drums and


Storage Area Waste generation Site in-charge - 100000






Emergency Procedure

Detailed Budget

records of their dispatch to suppliers

for refilling

7. Records of generation of waste oils and their

treatment Manual Daily

At Waste Storage Area

Quantity of oil generated

Site in-charge -

8.

Records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and

disposal of other solid, aqueous and organic hazardous wastes as

required by hazardous waste authorization


Storage Area Waste generation Site in-charge -

E Marine Monitoring

9. Analysis of water



Kandla Creek

pH, Temperature, BOD, DO, Ammonia, Nitrites,

Nitrates, Total Nitrogen, Salinity, Turbidity, Total

Suspended Solids, Potassium, Chlorides, Calcium, Zinc, Iron, Copper, Cadmium, Mercury, Phenolic

compounds

Contractor - 150000

10. Analysis of Sediment



Kandla Creek

Texture, Total Phosphorus, Total Organic carbon,

Phenolic compounds, Cadmium, Chromium,

Lead, Mercury

Contractor - 150000

11.

To determine the composition and

distribution of major groups of fauna

Once in a year Kandla Creek Phytoplankton,

Zooplankton, Benthos, Fishery

Contractor - 200000






Emergency Procedure

Detailed Budget

12 Monitoring of

Mangroves in five stations

Once in a year Around Kandla

Creek Mangroves Contractor 200000

Total Budget 1150000




9.5 Additional Studies

9.5.1 Numerical Flow Model & Bitumen Spill

Studies were conducted for spill scenario of the unhooking of pipeline during pumping of bitumen between ship

and the terminal. The spill is expected to last for 15 minutes and this implies that the ship is equipped with ESD

(emergency shutdown system).

The results show that for the above devised spill scenario, the maximum concentrations in the slick can be

around 250 kg/m2 near the spill within the duration of the spill.

The slick size further grows to a width of 100 meters by 200 meters in one hour with maximum concentrations

of 40 kg/m2. This slick further grows to 1500 meters by 400 meters width, at the end of 5 hours after the spill

and the maximum concentrations reach about 8 kg/m2.

Thereafter at the end of 24 hours, the slick is disintegrated into number of small slicks and the maximum

concentrations of some of these slicks reach 5 kg/m2.

At the end of the day, the results show that there is some deposit of the bitumen happening coastline behind

the oil jetties.

The results show the efforts launched in the first hour after the spill are going to be most effective in

containing the spread of the spill and removal of the oil slick from the sea surface.

The temperature increase due to the bitumen spill reaches a maximum of 1.5 °C above ambient in the vicinity

of the spill and the same reduces to around 0.1 °C in the creek at the end of 7 hours after the spill event.

9.5.2 Disaster Management Plan

The proposed project is located in Seismic Zone V. The area is also prone to cyclones.

Each employee should study the approved On-Site emergency control plan very carefully and scrupulously to carry

out the instruction set forth. The main controller, the incident controller and the safety officer with the help of the

Emergency squad will be responsible for the effective execution of the On- Site emergency plan.

9.6 Project Benefits

There will be increase in some small scale businesses like tea stall, catering services, truck cleaning facilities

etc. around the project area.

Providing employment to local villagers

During the construction phase, temporary employment will be created for ~20 local skilled and semi-skilled

workers.

The positive impacts include enhanced indirect employment opportunities for transporters of raw materials.

Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors &

trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project.

9.7 Conclusion

Based on the EIA study conducted for 12 weeks i.e. from Oct’17 to Jan’18 2017, the following highlight emerges:

Land is given on lease by Kandla Port Trust for industrial use. Removal of vegetation and framework, rubble

laying, casting of foundation will change the Land Use Land Cover from unused scrub land to built up land.

Green belt will be developed. It is our belief that land use land cover related impacts will be manageable and

should not impede the objective of sustainable development.




There will be very minimal use of water, minimal generation of wastewater & hazardous waste, there will be

minor increase of air pollution and noise pollution due to the proposed project. After treatment of wastewater

and hazardous waste will be send to SEPPL site for recycle purpose.

As the project site is very nearer to the coastal zone, but due to the proposed activities, there will not be major

impact on marine life will occur.

Project intends to hire local people and unskilled / semiskilled workers during construction phase. If this project

comes up, it will have social, financial benefits and will be environmentally sustainable.

Thus, this EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, in compliance with

environmental legislation and standards. Hence the proposed project may be considered for getting CRZ Clearance.


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Kadam is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation

scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEFCC, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Impact

Assessment studies.

Kadam Environmental Consultants have been accredited by NABET as an Accredited Consultant Organization since

25-05-2010 till date without a break.

The time period for all activities of this EIA study was fully covered with NABET Accreditation as witnessed by the

following two NABET certificates and an extension letter:

Accreditation Certificate issued on 28-03-2017 and valid up to 26-05-2019.

Certificates and letter for accreditation from NABET is attached as Annexure 15. Kadam’s Laboratory is accredited

with NABL & recognized by MoEF&CC. Certificate & Recognition letters are provided in Annexure 10 & Annexure

11.

It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in

Twenty Six (26) approved sectors.

10.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy (Kadam)

Kadam was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied experience in the field of environment. The

Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat. The mission of company is providing sustainable

solutions on “Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprise of

Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-Economic Experts,

Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial / Analytical Chemists. The company’s strength lies in Project

Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in

Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical Models for Air, Noise and Water Assessment and Expertise in Public

Consultation.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy Services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site assessment and

due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits / statements, risk assessments and HAZOP,

energy audit, environmental health and safety management systems and waste management systems;

Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing

effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio

gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems;

Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have

amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst environmental companies in

the country). The company has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff

catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and

hazardous solid waste.

The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial

and services spectrum viz. Power Plant, Chlor-Alkali, Pesticides, Fertilizers, Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints,

Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors.

Kadam has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality management System from BSI-MS. Kadam’s

laboratory is NABL accredited, MoEF&CC approved under EP Act and has OHSAS 18001:2007 accreditation.




10.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by Kadam with active co-operation from Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. The

names of the EIA co-coordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mentioned at the start of the report (in

Quality Control section).

Kadam’s team members (along with their role in the project) are given in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1: EIA Team Member

Name Functional Area Expert / Team

Member (FAE/TM)

Involvement

Task Under Expert

Sheetal Kadam Land Use (LU)

Supervision in development of land use maps of study area using Google image / related tools, site

visit for ground truth survey, finalization of land use maps, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures and contribution to EIA

documentation

-

Sangram Kadam

Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

(AP) Supervision of air quality monitoring, identification of

impacts, Air quality modelling, finalization of mitigation measures and contribution to EIA

documentation

-

Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling & Prediction

(AQ)

-

Kundan Ajudiya

Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts

(WP)

Site visit and data collection, sampling and monitoring of surface water, review of analysis report, identification of impacts and suggested mitigation measures, Preparation of EMP and

contribution to the EIA documentation

-

Dr. Sourav Kundu

EIA Coordinator,

Ecology and Biodiversity (EB)

Site visit and conduct of ecological survey, assessment of the impacts of proposed project

activities on the biological environment, contribution to the EIA documentation

-

Soham Joshi Noise and Vibration (NV) Checking of noise sampling results, analysis of data, identification of impacts and mitigation measures and

contribution to EIA documentation -

Anil Vishwakarma

Socio-Economics (SE)

Secondary data collection, evaluation of Socio–Economic status of the study area, assessment of the possible change to socio-economic issues arising out of the proposed project activity, contribution to the

EIA documentation

-

Neeraj Sharma

Hydrogeology, ground water and Water Conservation (HG)

Understanding and representing groundwater conditions, supervision of groundwater sampling

locations, finalization of survey findings, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures and

contribution to EIA documentation

-

Geology (GEO) Geology and geomorphologic analysis based on

secondary data, analysis of data collected, contribution to EIA documentation

-

Dr B. K. Patel Soil Conservation (SC)

Site Visit, Sampling, Identification of impact and mitigation measures, reviewing soil analysis data, soil

erosion management, preparation of baseline monitoring, impacting activities and mitigation measures and environmental management plan

chapters

-

Dhara Patel Risk Assessment &

Hazard Management (RH)

Site Visit, Identification of impacts and mitigation measures, contribution to EIA documentation

-




Name Functional Area Expert / Team

Member (FAE/TM)

Involvement

Task Under Expert

Kundan Ajudiya Solid waste and

Hazardous Waste Management (SHW)

Identification of waste generated from the site, studying adequacy of mitigation measures for

management of hazardous waste and contribution to the EIA documentation

-

Prachi Shah

(Team Member) NV

Assistance in impact identification and mitigation measures & preparing NV report.

Mr. Soham Joshi

Ms. Mahendra Jadhav

(Team Member)

AP & AQ

Collection & interpretation of secondary IMD data, representing Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)

results. Running air quality model (AERMOD) and prediction of incremental GLCs at baseline receptors.

Mr. Jayesh Makwana

&

Mr Sangram Kadam

Ms. Rimjhim Singh

(Team Member)

HG & GEO

Field survey, mapping and hydrogeological studies related to ground water studies.

Mr. Neeraj Sharma Assisting in impact identification and mitigation

measures.

LU Preparation of Draft LU Map based on Satellite

image. Ms. Sheetal Kadam

Ms. Aarti Sharma

(Team Member)

SE Site Visit, Secondary data collection and compilation

of data in report Mr. Anil Vishwakarma

Mr. Chetan Panchal

Draftsman Preparation of various maps like as mentioned above along with specific maps required by the FAE that are

used as Basemap to run the required software.

Mr. Jayesh Gajjar & All FAEs

Ms. Suchita

(Sr. Chemist) Laboratory Analysis Analysis of Field monitoring samples. FAE (AP, WP, HG, SC)

Mr. Anup Ojha

(Field Chemist) Field Monitoring

Collection of air, water, soil, noise samples from sampling locations, monitoring noise levels for

baseline study.

FAE (AP, WP, HG, NV, SC)

Mr. Satish Joshi

(VP)

Report Review (Quality Control)

Review of Draft EIA Report, NABET & MoEF&CC Guidelines for improving its quality.

-


KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ANNEXURES


ANNEXURES

AADESH BRINE PVT. LTD. BITUMEN STORAGE & HANDLING PROJECT AT KANDLA PORT AT KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ANNEXURES


Annexure 1: CRZ Map of Aadesh Brine Pvt. Ltd. Project (1:4000 Scale)




Annexure 2: Possession Note from Kandla Port Trust




Annexure 3: Assurance letter for Water




Annexure 4: Provisional Certificate of SEPPL




Annexure 5: Material Safety Data Sheet for Bitumen




Annexure 6: Land Use Land Cover Classification

Built up Land or Habitation

It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has a cover of

buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant lands.

Kadam has chosen to further define this land use category into additional categories, namely residential and

industrial.


Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for manufacturing.

Industrial

Structures used for manufacturing products.

Agricultural Land

It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other commercial and

horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow land and plantations. These are

further defined.

Crop Land

It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The crops may be of

either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.

Fallow Land

It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest un-cropped for

one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops

at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and Kharif.

Plantations

Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations) planted adopting

certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and

other horticultural nurseries.

Forests

It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and other

vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be further divided into sub-

categories mentioned as follows.

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain green

throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved evergreen trees. Semi-

evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.

Deciduous Forests

These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the trees shed their

leaves once in a year.




Degraded Forest

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy cover. It is the

result of both biotic and abiotic influences.

Scrub (Forest)

All lands with poor tree growth mainly of small or stunted trees having canopy density less than 10 per cent. Scrub

is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.

Open forest

All lands with tree cover of canopy density between 10 to 40 percent.

Dense or Close Forest

All lands with tree cover of canopy density of 40 percent and above.

Forest Blank

A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size and shapes

as seen on the imagery.

Forest Plantations

It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest lands. It includes

eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.

Mangroves

Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring in tidal waters

near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include species of the genera

Rhizophora and Aviccunia.

Wastelands

Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable water

and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from internal / imposed constraints

such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities of the soil or financial or management

constraints.

Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands, mudlands,

gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky / stony waste / sheet rock areas.

Salt-Affected Land

The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth of most plants

due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline land has an exchangeable

sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as the limit between normal and alkali soils.

The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without

ingress or inundation by seawater.

Waterlogged Land

Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most of the year.

Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds and tanks or in the context of




the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such areas that could be considered as ‘protected

wetlands’.

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by vegetation,

which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh water depending on the salinity

of water. These exclude Mangroves.

Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated material in the

formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the first stage of excessive land

dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is

usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and

entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems

of gullies developed along river courses.

Land with / without Scrub

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub. These lands are

generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal riverine or inland

(desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel (river/stream) islands, etc.

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and vegetation and not

suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered as isolated exposures or loose

fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.

Water Bodies

It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes man-made

reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.

River / Stream

It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a big river and

its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.


It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger than

tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks are smaller in areal extent

with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for irrigation and sometimes for navigation.

Others

It includes all those land use and land cover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because of their nature

of occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.




Shifting Cultivation

It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing crops. Such

lands are also known as jhoom lands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.

Grassland / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder to feed cattle

and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc. Such lands can also be called as

permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing

cattle to graze.

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice. It includes

permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated ice occurring amidst

permanently snow-covered areas.

Salt pan

Shallow container or depression in the ground in which salt water evaporates to leave deposits of salt.

Vegetation Cover

It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved Forests. This

includes scrub, open and close vegetation.

Scrub

It is described as a vegetative cover having density less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is area covered by

grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.

Open Vegetation

This is categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 40% of the canopy cover.

Dense or Close Vegetation

This is categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 40% of the canopy cover.


KANDLA, GANDHIDHAM ANNEXURES


Annexure 7: Long-term Climatological Tables (1981-2010) published by IMD: Station New Kandla




Annexure 8: Windrose Diagram – Post-monsoon Period, New Kandla, IMD




Annexure 9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards Published by CPCB




Annexure 10: Calibration Certificate for Field Equipment




Annexure 11: Calibration Certificate for Laboratory Equipment




Annexure 12: AAQM Analysis Results

S. No

Sta. Code Sampling

Date Sampling Location Area /Category

Average Pollutant Concentration (All units are in µg/m3 except CO in mg/m3; Minimum Reportable Readings are 3.7 µg/m3 for SO2

and 6.0 µg/m3 for NOX)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO VOCs

24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr

CPCB Norms Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area 100 60 80 80 2 NA

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.) 100 60 30 30 2 NA

1 AQ01 31.10.2017 Temple (Nr Oil Jetty) Industrial 179 52 9.7 21.2

2 AQ01 01.11.2017 Temple (Nr Oil Jetty) Industrial 168 51 8.8 16.5 0.65 <17.4















S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr








19 AQ01 25.10.17 350 m SW from project boundary Industrial 89 56 12.0 25.4

20 AQ01 26.10.17 350 m SW from project boundary Industrial 137 51 13.0 36.6 0.59 <17.4










S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr



















S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr




1 AQ03 25.10.2017 New KPT colony Residential 159 56 10.8 16.9

2 AQ03 26.10.2017 New KPT colony Residential 83 51 13.2 18.3 0.97 <17.4














S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr











1 AQ04 31.10.2017 Kandla Residential 122 33 9.5 18.0

2 AQ04 01.11.2017 Kandla Residential 176 46 9.9 16.4 0.74 <17.4







S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr



















S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr





1 AQ05 29.10.2017 Nr ASAPPL terminal Industrial 183 50 9.5 18.0

2 AQ05 30.10.2017 Nr ASAPPL terminal Industrial 113 58 9.9 16.4 0.59 <17.4













S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr













1 AQ06 29.10.2017 Ahir Salt (Salt Pan) Industrial 170 51 14.6 25.8

2 AQ06 30.10.2017 Ahir Salt (Salt Pan) Industrial 47 22 17.9 35.8 0.89 <17.4





S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr



















S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr








1 AQ07 23.10.2017 700 m South from project boundary Industrial 170 49 5.8 11.1

2 AQ07 24.10.2017 700 m South from project boundary Industrial 147 48 9.4 13.9 0.61 <17.4










S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr















1 AQ08 04.11.2017 Khari Rohar Village Residential 184 45 10.5 19.7




S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr



2 AQ08 05.11.2017 Khari Rohar Village Residential 179 47 10.2 18.9 0.58 <17.4
















S. No

Sta. Code Sampling





24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 24 hr 8 hr 4 hr










Annexure 13: Traffic Survey Results

Sampling Point Near Oil Jetty

Traffic Flow Oil Jetty to Kandla

Road Width 9.0

Sr No Time


All Category 2W 3W 4W >4W 2W 3W 4W

Bike/Moped Auto Car/Jeep/Auto Bus Truck Tractor Cycle Tricycle Cart

1 06:00 - 07:00 3 3 3 1 9 1 0 0 0 20

2 07:00 - 08:00 5 8 7 2 9 1 0 0 0 32

3 08:00 - 09:00 16 5 8 1 16 1 0 0 0 47

4 09:00 - 10:00 16 7 11 0 13 2 0 0 0 49

5 10:00 - 11:00 16 10 9 1 11 2 2 0 0 51

6 11:00 - 12:00 18 6 10 2 10 3 1 0 0 50

7 12:00 - 13:00 18 12 8 2 10 1 2 0 0 53

8 13:00 - 14:00 18 10 13 2 9 1 2 0 0 55

9 14:00 - 15:00 17 10 12 2 11 2 2 0 0 56

10 15:00 - 16:00 18 10 10 2 13 1 2 0 0 56

11 16:00 - 17:00 19 11 12 4 12 4 0 0 0 62

12 17:00 - 18:00 18 8 10 2 15 2 0 0 0 55

13 18:00 - 19:00 18 8 10 3 19 3 0 0 0 61




14 19:00 - 20:00 14 9 11 1 10 2 0 0 0 47

15 20:00 - 21:00 17 11 12 1 10 0 0 0 0 51

16 21:00 - 22:00 17 7 12 0 7 0 0 0 0 43

17 22:00 - 23:00 16 1 7 0 5 0 0 0 0 29

18 23:00 - 00:00 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3

19 00:00 - 01:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

20 01:00 - 02:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

21 02:00 - 03:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 03:00 - 04:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 04:00 - 05:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 05:00 - 06:00 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8

Total 272 136 165 26 192 26 11 0 0 828

Sampling Point Near Oil Jetty

Traffic Flow Kandla to Oil Jetty

Road Width 9.0

Sr No Time


All Category 2W 3W 4W >4W 2W 3W 4W

Bike/Moped Auto Car/Jeep/Auto Bus Truck Tractor Cycle Tricycle Cart

1 06:00 - 07:00 9 5 9 1 23 2 0 0 0 49




2 07:00 - 08:00 11 4 8 3 22 3 0 0 0 51

3 08:00 - 09:00 13 5 7 2 26 2 0 0 0 55

4 09:00 - 10:00 15 5 15 2 19 2 0 0 0 58

5 10:00 - 11:00 12 4 23 3 29 4 2 0 0 77

6 11:00 - 12:00 14 4 20 2 27 6 1 0 0 74

7 12:00 - 13:00 16 5 20 2 23 4 2 0 0 72

8 13:00 - 14:00 18 7 15 3 23 4 2 0 0 72

9 14:00 - 15:00 14 5 22 2 24 2 2 0 0 71

10 15:00 - 16:00 11 3 19 2 29 1 2 0 0 67

11 16:00 - 17:00 16 4 19 4 23 4 0 0 0 70

12 17:00 - 18:00 12 4 16 2 21 2 0 0 0 57

13 18:00 - 19:00 11 4 16 3 23 3 0 0 0 60

14 19:00 - 20:00 11 2 16 1 22 2 0 0 0 54

15 20:00 - 21:00 11 4 16 1 20 0 0 0 0 52

16 21:00 - 22:00 7 3 19 0 11 0 0 0 0 40

17 22:00 - 23:00 5 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 13

18 23:00 - 00:00 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 8




19 00:00 - 01:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

20 01:00 - 02:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

21 02:00 - 03:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 03:00 - 04:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 04:00 - 05:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 05:00 - 06:00 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8

Total 214 68 260 33 381 41 11 0 0 1008




Annexure 14: Fish Production Data of Kandla (2014-2016)




Annexure 15: NABET Certificate

CONTACT DETAILS

Vadodara (Head Office)

871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-6131000

Delhi / NCR

Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe City Center Mall, Sohna Road,

Gurgaon, India – 122 002

E: [email protected]; T: 0124-424 2430-436

Prepared using Kadam EIA Report Template, I01R11.Dotm 27-09-2017 1:23 PM

Kadam Environmental Consultants www . ka dame nv i r o . c om

Envi r onment for Devel opment